gtk/po-properties/gl.po

7616 lines
219 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
# translation of gtk+-master-po-properties-gl-77816____.merged.po to Galician
# translation of gtk+-properties.gtk-2-10.po to
# Galician translation of gtk+.
# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000 Jesus Bravo Alvarez
#
# Proxecto Trasno - Adaptación do software libre á lingua galega: Se desexas
# colaborar connosco, podes atopar máis información en http://www.trasno.net
#
# First Version: 1999-08-30 18:49+0200
# Based on es.po by Pablo Saratxaga <srtxg@chanae.alphanet.ch>
# and pt.po by Nuno Ferreira <nmrf@rnl.ist.utl.pt>
#
2006-05-19 18:38:45 +00:00
# Jesus Bravo Alvarez <jba@pobox.com>, 1999, 2000.
# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <nacho.resa@gmail.com>, 2005, 2006.
# Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <icq@svn.gnome.org>, 2008.
# Mancomún - Centro de Referencia e Servizos de Software Libre <g11n@mancomun.org>, 2009.
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
# Fran Dieguez <fran.dieguez@glug.es>, 2009.
# Anton Meixome <certima@certima.net>, 2009.
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
# Antón Méixome <meixome@mancomun.org>, 2009.
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
# Antón Méixome <meixome@certima.net>, 2010.
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
# Fran Diéguez <frandieguez@ubuntu.com>, 2009, 2010.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+-master-po-properties-gl-77816____.merged\n"
2010-03-09 18:52:34 +00:00
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-06-24 00:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-06-24 01:00+0200\n"
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
"Last-Translator: Fran Diéguez <frandieguez@ubuntu.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <gnome@g11n.net>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: gl\n"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-simple-anim.c:165
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Loop"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Facer bucle"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf-simple-anim.c:166
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Cando a animación debería recomezar ao acadar o fin"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:89
msgid "Number of Channels"
msgstr "Número de canles"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:90
msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
msgstr "O número de mostras por píxel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:99
msgid "Colorspace"
msgstr "Espazo de cor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:100
msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
msgstr "O espazo de cor en que se interpretan as mostras"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:108
msgid "Has Alpha"
msgstr "Ten alfa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:109
msgid "Whether the pixbuf has an alpha channel"
msgstr "Indica se o pixbuf ten unha canle alfa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:122
msgid "Bits per Sample"
msgstr "Bits por mostra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:123
msgid "The number of bits per sample"
msgstr "O número de bits por mostra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:132 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:597
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:208
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Largura"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:133
msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
msgstr "O número de columnas do pixbuf"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:142 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:606
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Altura"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:143
msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
msgstr "O número de filas do pixbuf"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:159
msgid "Rowstride"
msgstr "Separación de filas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:160
msgid ""
"The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next row"
msgstr ""
"O número de bytes entre o inicio dunha fila e o inicio da fila seguinte"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:169
msgid "Pixels"
msgstr "Píxeles"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk-pixbuf/gdk-pixbuf.c:170
msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
msgstr "Un punteiro para os datos de píxel do pixbuf"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:103
msgid "Default Display"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla predefinida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:104
msgid "The default display for GDK"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Pantalla predefinida para o GDK"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkpango.c:538 ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:86
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:176 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:285
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:680
msgid "Screen"
msgstr "Pantalla"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkpango.c:539
msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
msgstr "o GdkScreen para o renderizador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:75
msgid "Font options"
msgstr "Opcións de tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:76
msgid "The default font options for the screen"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "As opcións predefinidas do tipo de letra para a pantalla"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:83
msgid "Font resolution"
msgstr "Resolución do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkscreen.c:84
msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
msgstr "A resolución para os tipos de letra na pantalla"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:549 ../gdk/gdkwindow.c:550
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgid "Cursor"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Cursor"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:298
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "Nome do programa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:299
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"O nome do programa. Se non se define, usarase de forma predefinida "
"g_get_application_name()"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:313
msgid "Program version"
msgstr "Versión do programa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:314
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "A versión do programa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:328
msgid "Copyright string"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Cadea de dereitos de autor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:329
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Información de dereitos de autor do programa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:346
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "Cadea de comentarios"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:347
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Comentarios sobre o programa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:381
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr "URL do sitio web"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:382
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "O URL para a ligazón ao sitio web do programa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:397
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Etiqueta do sitio web"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:398
msgid ""
"The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, it "
"defaults to the URL"
msgstr ""
"A etiqueta para a ligazón ao sitio web do programa. Se non se define, "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"usarase o URL predefinido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:414
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Autores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:415
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "Lista de autores do programa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:431
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Documentadores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:432
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "Lista de persoas que documentan o programa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:448
msgid "Artists"
msgstr "Artistas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:449
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr "Lista de xente que contribuíu con material gráfico ao programa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:466
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr "Créditos de tradución"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:467
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
msgstr "Créditos dos tradutores. Esta cadea deberá marcarse como traducíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:482
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "Logotipo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:483
msgid ""
"A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"Un logotipo para a caixa Sobre. Se non se define, o predefinido é "
"gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:498
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "Nome da icona do logotipo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:499
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgstr "Unha icona con nome para usar como logotipo na caixa Sobre."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:512
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr "Axustar a licenza"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:513
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr "Indica se se debe axustar o texto da licenza."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:189
msgid "Accelerator Closure"
msgstr "Peche do acelerador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:190
msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "O peche que se vai monitorizar para os cambios no acelerador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:196
msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgstr "Widget do acelerador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaccellabel.c:197
msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgstr "O widget que se vai monitorizar para os cambios no acelerador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:225 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:170 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:130
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:89
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Nome"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:226
msgid "A unique name for the action."
msgstr "Un nome único para a acción."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:244 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:227 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:195
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:114 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:528 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:305
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:204 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1543
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:245
msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
msgstr ""
"A etiqueta usada para os elementos de menú e botóns que activan esta acción."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:261
msgid "Short label"
msgstr "Etiqueta curta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:262
msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
"Unha etiqueta máis curta que poderá empregarse nos botóns da barra de "
"ferramentas."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:270
msgid "Tooltip"
msgstr "Indicación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:271
msgid "A tooltip for this action."
msgstr "Unha indicación para esta acción."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:286
msgid "Stock Icon"
msgstr "Icona de inventario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:287
msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
msgstr ""
"A icona de inventario mostrada nos widgets que representan esta acción."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:307 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:258
msgid "GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:308 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:206
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:344 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:259
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgstr "A GIcon que se mostra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:328 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:171
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:326 ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:179 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:242
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:672
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Nome da icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:329 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:172
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:327 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:243
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "O nome da icona do tema de iconas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:336 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:185
msgid "Visible when horizontal"
msgstr "Visíbel cando é horizontal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:337 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:186
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas é visíbel cando a barra de "
"ferramentas está en orientación horizontal."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:352
msgid "Visible when overflown"
msgstr "Visíbel cando se desborda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:353
msgid ""
"When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the toolbar "
"overflow menu."
msgstr ""
"Cando é TRUE, os proxies toolitem para esta acción represéntanse no menú de "
"desbordamento da barra de tarefas."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:360 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:192
msgid "Visible when vertical"
msgstr "Visíbel cando é vertical"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:361 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:193
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas é visíbel cando a barra de "
"ferramentas está en orientación vertical."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:368 ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:199
msgid "Is important"
msgstr "É importante"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:369
msgid ""
"Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies for "
"this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a acción se considera importante. Cando é TRUE, os proxies "
"toolitem mostran o texto no modo GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:377
msgid "Hide if empty"
msgstr "Ocultar se está baleiro"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:378
msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
msgstr ""
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"Cando é TRUE, ocúltanse os proxies de menú baleiro para este aplicativo."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:384 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:177
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:193 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:615
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:385
msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgstr "Indica se a acción está activada."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:391 ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:184
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:301 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:192
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:608
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Visíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:392
msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgstr "Indica se a acción é visíbel."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:398
msgid "Action Group"
msgstr "Grupo de acción"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:399
msgid ""
"The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for internal "
"use)."
msgstr ""
"O GtkActionGroup co que esta GtkAction está asociada ou NULL (para uso "
"interno)."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:417 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:169
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Always show image"
msgstr "Mostrar sempre a imaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaction.c:418 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:170
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
msgstr "Indica se hai que mostrar a imaxe sempre"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:171
msgid "A name for the action group."
msgstr "Un nome para o grupo da acción."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:178
msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
msgstr "Indica se o grupo de acción está activado."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactiongroup.c:185
msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
msgstr "Indica se o grupo de acción é visíbel."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:308
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Related Action"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Acción relacionada"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:309
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "A acción que activará este activábel e do cal recibirá actualizacións"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:331
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Use Action Appearance"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Usar aparencia de activación"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkactivatable.c:332
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Cando usar as accións relacionadas coas propiedades da aparencia"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:93 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:128
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:222 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:269
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Valor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:94
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:110
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Valor mínimo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:111
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor mínimo do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:130
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Valor máximo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:131
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "O valor máximo do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:147
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de paso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:148
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "O incremento de paso do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:164
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr "Incremento de páxina"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:165
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "O incremento de páxina do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:184
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Tamaño de páxina"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkadjustment.c:185
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "O tamaño de páxina do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:117
msgid "Horizontal alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:118 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:278
msgid ""
"Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 is "
"right aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición horizontal do fillo no espazo dispoñíbel. 0.0 é aliñado á esquerda, "
"1.0 é aliñado á dereita"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:127
msgid "Vertical alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:128 ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:297
msgid ""
"Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
"bottom aligned"
msgstr ""
"Posición vertical do fillo no espazo dispoñíbel. 0.0 é aliñado arriba, 1.0 é "
"aliñado abaixo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:136
msgid "Horizontal scale"
msgstr "Escala horizontal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:137
msgid ""
"If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
"of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Se o espazo horizontal dispoñíbel é maior que o necesitado para o fillo, "
"canto se debe usar para o fillo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:145
msgid "Vertical scale"
msgstr "Escala vertical"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:146
msgid ""
"If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much of "
"it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
msgstr ""
"Se o espazo vertical dispoñíbel é maior que o necesario para o fillo, canto "
"se debe usar para o fillo. 0.0 significa nada, 1.0 significa todo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:163
msgid "Top Padding"
msgstr "Recheo superior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:164
msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir por encima do widget."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:180
msgid "Bottom Padding"
msgstr "Recheo inferior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:181
msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir por debaixo do widget."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:197
msgid "Left Padding"
msgstr "Recheo á esquerda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:198
msgid "The padding to insert at the left of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir á esquerda do widget."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:214
msgid "Right Padding"
msgstr "Recheo á dereita"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkalignment.c:215
msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
msgstr "O recheo para introducir á dereita do widget."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:95
msgid "Arrow direction"
msgstr "Dirección da frecha"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:96
msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
msgstr "A dirección á que a frecha deberá apuntar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:104
msgid "Arrow shadow"
msgstr "Sombra da frecha"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:105
msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
msgstr "Aparencia da sombra que rodea a frecha"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:112 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:718 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:368
msgid "Arrow Scaling"
msgstr "Escalado de frecha"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkarrow.c:113
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
msgstr "Cantidade de espazo ocupado por frecha"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:93
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:94
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "Aliñamento X do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:100
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:101
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "Aliñamento Y do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:107
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Proporción"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:108
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto se obey_child é FALSE"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:114
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Obedecer ao fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:115
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame's child"
msgstr "Forzar a proporción de aspecto para que coincida coa do marco do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:308
msgid "Header Padding"
msgstr "Recheo da cabeceira"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:309
msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
msgstr "Número de píxeles ao redor da cabeceira."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:316
msgid "Content Padding"
msgstr "Recheo do contido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:317
msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
msgstr "Número de píxeles ao redor das páxinas de contidos."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:333
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "Tipo de páxina"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:334
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "O tipo da páxina do asistente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:351
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "Título da páxina"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:352
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "O título da páxina do asistente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:368
msgid "Header image"
msgstr "Imaxe de cabeceira"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:369
msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Imaxe de cabeceira para a páxina do asistente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:385
msgid "Sidebar image"
msgstr "Imaxe da barra lateral"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:386
msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
msgstr "Imaxe da barra lateral da páxina do asistente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:401
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "Páxina completa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkassistant.c:402
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
msgstr "Indica se todos os campos requiridos na páxina foron cubertos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:129
msgid "Minimum child width"
msgstr "Largura mínima do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:130
msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "A largura mínima dos botóns dentro da caixa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:138
msgid "Minimum child height"
msgstr "Altura mínima do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:139
msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
msgstr "A altura mínima dos botóns dentro da caixa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:147
msgid "Child internal width padding"
msgstr "Largura interna de recheo do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:148
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
msgstr "Cantidade na que se aumenta o tamaño do fillo por cada lado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:156
msgid "Child internal height padding"
msgstr "Altura interna de recheo do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:157
msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
msgstr "Cantidade en que se aumenta o tamaño do fillo por encima e por debaixo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:165
msgid "Layout style"
msgstr "Estilo de disposición"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:166
msgid ""
"How to layout the buttons in the box. Possible values are default, spread, "
"edge, start and end"
msgstr ""
"Como dispor os botóns na caixa. Os valores posíbeis son: default "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"(predefinido), spread (afastados), edge (bordos), start (inicio) e end "
"(final)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:174
msgid "Secondary"
msgstr "Secundario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbbox.c:175
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable for, e."
"g., help buttons"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, o fillo aparece nun grupo secundario de fillos; é útil, por "
"exemplo, para botóns de axuda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:212 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:219 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:680
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:217
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:213
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre os fillos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:222 ../gtk/gtktable.c:165 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:518
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1596
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homoxéneo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:223
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Indica se todos os fillos deben ser do mesmo tamaño"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:239 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:510 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1603
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1053 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:273
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Expandir"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:240
msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
msgstr "Indica se o fillo debe recibir espazo adicional cando o pai crece"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:256 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1610
msgid "Fill"
msgstr "Encher"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:257
msgid ""
"Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child or "
"used as padding"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe dar espazo adicional para que o fillo poida ser asignado "
"no fillo ou usado como recheo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:264 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:163
msgid "Padding"
msgstr "Recheo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:265
msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños, en píxeles"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:271
msgid "Pack type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:272 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:667
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the parent"
msgstr ""
"Un GtkPackType que indica se o fillo está empaquetado en relación ao inicio "
"ou ao final do pai"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:278 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:645 ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:242
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:148 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1624
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Posición"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbox.c:279 ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:646
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "O índice do fillo no pai"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:314
msgid "Translation Domain"
msgstr "Dominio de tradución"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbuilder.c:315
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
msgstr "O dominio de tradución usado por gettext"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:228
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
"Texto da etiqueta do widget dentro do botón, se o botón contén unha etiqueta "
"widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:235 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:203 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:549
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:320 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:211
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Usar subliñado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:236 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:204 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:550
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:321
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"Se se define, un subliñado no texto indica que o seguinte carácter debería "
"usarse para a tecla rápida mnemónica"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:243 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:150
msgid "Use stock"
msgstr "Usar inventario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:244
msgid ""
"If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
msgstr ""
"Se se estabelece, a etiqueta úsase para seleccionar un elemento do "
"inventario en vez de ser mostrado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:251 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:799
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:393
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Enfocar ao premer"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:252 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:394
msgid "Whether the button grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se o botón captura o foco cando se preme co rato"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:259
msgid "Border relief"
msgstr "Relevo do bordo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:260
msgid "The border relief style"
msgstr "Estilo de relevo do bordo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:277
msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
msgstr "Aliñamento horizontal para o fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:296
msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
msgstr "Aliñamento vertical para o fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:313 ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:135
msgid "Image widget"
msgstr "Widget de imaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:314
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
msgstr "Widget fillo que aparecerá ao lado do texto do botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:328
msgid "Image position"
msgstr "Posición da imaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:329
msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
msgstr "A posición da imaxe en relación ao texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:449
msgid "Default Spacing"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento predefinido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:450
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazo adicional que engadir para os botóns GTK_CAN_DEFAULT"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:464
msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento exterior predefinido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:465
msgid ""
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn outside "
"the border"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Espazo adicional que engadir para os botóns GTK_CAN_DEFAULT que son sempre "
"debuxados fóra do bordo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:470
msgid "Child X Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento X do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:471
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Distancia na dirección X que debe moverse o fillo cando se solta o botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:478
msgid "Child Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento Y do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:479
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
msgstr ""
"Distancia na dirección Y que debe moverse o fillo cando se solta o botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:495
msgid "Displace focus"
msgstr "Desprazar o foco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:496
msgid ""
"Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the focus "
"rectangle"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as propiedades child_displacement_x/_y deberían afectar tamén ao "
"rectángulo do foco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:509 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:697 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1742
msgid "Inner Border"
msgstr "Bordo interior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:510
msgid "Border between button edges and child."
msgstr "Bordo entre os bordos do botón e o fillo."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:523
msgid "Image spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da imaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:524
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
msgstr "Espazamento en píxeles entre a imaxe e a etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:538
msgid "Show button images"
msgstr "Mostrar imaxes no botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkbutton.c:539
msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
msgstr "Indica se se deberían mostrar as imaxes nos botóns"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:440
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Ano"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:441
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "O ano seleccionado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:454
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Mes"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:455
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "O mes seleccionado (como número entre 0 e 11)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:469
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Día"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:470
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"O día seleccionado (como un número entre 1 e 31 ou 0 para anular a selección "
"do día seleccionado actualmente)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:484
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Mostrar a cabeceira"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:485
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstrase unha cabeceira"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:499
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Mostrar os nomes dos días"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:500
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstranse os nomes dos días"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:513
msgid "No Month Change"
msgstr "Sen cambio de mes"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:514
msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, non será posíbel cambiar o mes seleccionado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:528
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar os números de semana"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:529
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, móstranse os números de semana"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:544
msgid "Details Width"
msgstr "Largura dos detalles"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:545
msgid "Details width in characters"
msgstr "A largura dos detalles en caracteres"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:560
msgid "Details Height"
msgstr "Altura dos detalles"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:561
msgid "Details height in rows"
msgstr "A altura dos detalles en caracteres"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:577
msgid "Show Details"
msgstr "Mostrar os detalles"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcalendar.c:578
msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
msgstr "Se é TRUE móstranse os detalles"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:43
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Editing Canceled"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Edición cancelada"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:44
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Indica que a edición foi cancelada"
2009-11-02 00:23:05 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:177
msgid "mode"
msgstr "modo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:178
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Modo editábel do CellRenderer"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:186
msgid "visible"
msgstr "visíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:187
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Mostrar a cela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:194
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Mostrar a cela sensíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:201
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xalign"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:202
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "O aliñamento x"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:211
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yalign"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:212
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "O aliñamento y"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:221
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xpad"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:222
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "O xpad"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:231
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "ypad"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:232
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "O ypad"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:241
msgid "width"
msgstr "largura"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:242
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "A largura fixa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:251
msgid "height"
msgstr "altura"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:252
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "A altura fixa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:261
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "É expansor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:262
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "A fila ten fillos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:270
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Está expandido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:271
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "A fila é unha fila de expansor e está expandida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:278
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo da cela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:279
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como unha cadea"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:286
msgid "Cell background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:287
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo da cela como unha GdkColor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:294
msgid "Editing"
msgstr "Editando"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:295
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
msgstr "Indica se o renderizador de cela está actualmente no modo de edición"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:303
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo da cela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:304
msgid "Whether this tag affects the cell background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta afecta á cor de fondo da cela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:124
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "Tecla rápida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:125
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "O valor (keyval) da tecla rápida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:141
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "Modificadores de tecla rápida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:142
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "A máscara do modificador da tecla rápida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:159
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "Código de tecla da tecla rápida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:160
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "O código de tecla de hardware da tecla rápida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:179
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "Modo de teclas rápidas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:180
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "O tipo de teclas rápidas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:107
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Modelo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:108
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr "O modelo que contén os valores posíbeis para a caixa de combinación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:130 ../gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:106
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:131 ../gtk/gtkcomboboxentry.c:107
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr "Unha columna no modelo de orixe de datos da que se obteñen as cadeas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:148
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Ten entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:149
msgid "If FALSE, don't allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgstr "Se é FALSE, non permitir introducir cadeas distintas das escollidas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:111
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Obxecto pixbuf"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:112
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "O pixbuf para renderizar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:119
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "O pixbuf do expansor aberto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:120
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "O pixbuf para o expansor aberto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:127
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "O pixbuf do expansor pechado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:128
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "O pixbuf para o expansor pechado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:135 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:268
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:234
msgid "Stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:136
msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
msgstr "O ID de inventario da icona de inventario para renderizar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:143 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:158
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:245 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:275
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Tamaño"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:144
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
msgstr "O valor do GtkIconSize que especifica o tamaño da icona renderizada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:153
msgid "Detail"
msgstr "Detalle"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:154
msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
msgstr "Detalle de renderizado para pasar ao motor de temas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:187
msgid "Follow State"
msgstr "Seguir o estado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:188
msgid "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
msgstr "Indica se o pixbuf renderizado debería colorearse de acordo co estado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:205 ../gtk/gtkimage.c:343
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:649
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:129
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "Valor da barra de progreso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:146 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:195
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:740 ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:353
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:202 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:138
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:198
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:147
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto na barra de progreso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:170 ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:144
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "Pulsación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:171
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don't know how much."
msgstr ""
"Defina isto con valores positivos para indicar que se realiza algún "
"progreso, mais non se sabe canto."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:187
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento x do texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:188
msgid ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento horizontal do texto, desde 0 (esquerda) até 1 (dereita). Ao "
"revés para disposicións RTL."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:204
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento y do texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:205
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical do texto, desde 0 (superior) até 1 (inferior)."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:221 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:744
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:63 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:113
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:333 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:122
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Orientación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:222 ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:114
msgid "Orientation and growth direction of the progress bar"
msgstr "Orientación e dirección de crecemento da barra de progreso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:93 ../gtk/gtkrange.c:394
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:241 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:208
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:94
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
msgstr "O axuste que mantén o valor do botón de axuste."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:109
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "Taxa de incremento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:110 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:217
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "A taxa de aceleración cando mantén premido un botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:123 ../gtk/gtkscale.c:218
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:226
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Díxitos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:124 ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:227
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "O número de lugares decimais que se vai mostrar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:124 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:98
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:508 ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:128 ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:130
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:115 ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:114
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Activo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:125
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o spinner está activo (p.ex mostrado) na cela"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:145
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Pulso do spinner"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:159
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "O valor do GtkIconSize que especifica o tamaño do spinner renderizado"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:196
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Texto para renderizar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:203
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Marcación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:204
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Texto marcado para renderizar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:211 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:535
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Atributos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:212
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr ""
"Unha lista de atributos de estilo para aplicar ao texto do renderizador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:219
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Modo de parágrafo único"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:220
msgid "Whether or not to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr "Indica se debe manterse ou non todo o texto nun só parágrafo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:228 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:160
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:183
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:229 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:161
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:184
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha cadea"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:236 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:167
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:191
msgid "Background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:237 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:168
msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha GdkColor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:244 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:217
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de primeiro plano"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:245 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:218
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha cadea"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:252 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:225
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:131
msgid "Foreground color"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha GdkColor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:664
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:251 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:578
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Editábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:262 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:252
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:579
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Indica se o usuario pode modificar o texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:269 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:277
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:203 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:267 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:275
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:270 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:268
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. \"Sans Italic 12\""
msgstr ""
"Descrición do tipo de letra como unha cadea, por exemplo \"Sans Italic 12\""
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:278 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:276
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Descrición do tipo de letra como unha estrutura PangoFontDescription"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:286 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:283
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Familia do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:287 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:284
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr ""
"Nome da familia do tipo de letra, por exemplo Sans, Helvética, Times ou "
"Monospace"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:294 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:295
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:291
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Estilo do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:303 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:304
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:300
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Variante do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:312 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:313
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:309
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Grosor do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:322 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:323
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:320
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Expandir o tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:331 ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:332
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:329
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:349
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Puntos do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:342 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:350
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra en puntos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:351 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:339
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Escala do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:352
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Factor de escalado do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:361 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:418
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Elevación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:362
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
"Desprazamento do texto sobre a liña base (por debaixo da liña base se a "
"elevación é negativa)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:373 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:458
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Riscado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:374 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:459
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Indica se se risca o texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:381 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:466
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Subliñado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:382 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:467
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Estilo de subliñado para este texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:390 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:378
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Idioma"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:391
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don't understand this parameter, you "
"probably don't need it"
msgstr ""
"O idioma en que está este texto como un código ISO. O Pango pode empregar "
"isto como unha axuda cando está renderizando o texto. Se non comprende este "
"parámetro probabelmente non o necesite"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:411 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:660
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:168
msgid "Ellipsize"
msgstr "Elidir (...)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:412
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"O lugar preferido para elidir a cadea, se o renderizador da cela non ten "
"espazo suficiente para mostrar a cadea completa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:431 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:421
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:681
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:432 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:682
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "A largura desexada da etiqueta, en caracteres"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:450 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:475
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:451
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"Como romper a cadea en liñas múltiples, se o renderizador da cela non ten "
"suficiente espazo para mostrar a cadea completa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:470 ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:688
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Largura de axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:471
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "A largura á que o texto se axustará"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:491 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:298
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Aliñamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:492
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "Como aliñar as liñas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:502 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:190
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:564
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:503 ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:191
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:565
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á cor de fondo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:506 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:576
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Definición do primeiro plano"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:507 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:577
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á cor de primeiro plano"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:510 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:584
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Definición da editabilidade"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:511 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:585
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á editabilidade do texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:514 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:588
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "Definición da familia do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:515 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:589
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á familia do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:518 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:592
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Definición do estilo do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:519 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:593
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao estilo do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:522 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:596
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "Definición da variante do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:523 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:597
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á variante do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:526 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:600
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Definición do grosor do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:527 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:601
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao grosor do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:530 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:604
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Definición da expansión do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:531 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:605
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á expansión do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:534 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:608
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Definición do tamaño do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:535 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:609
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao tamaño do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:538 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:612
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Definición da escala do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:539 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:613
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta escala o tamaño do tipo de letra por un factor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:542 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:632
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Definición da elevación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:543 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:633
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á elevación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:546 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:648
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Definición do riscado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:547 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:649
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao riscado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:550 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:656
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Definición do subliñado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:551 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:657
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao subliñado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:554 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:620
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Definición do idioma"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:555 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:621
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao idioma en que se renderiza o texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:558
msgid "Ellipsize set"
msgstr "Definición da elisión"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo elidido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:562
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "Definición de aliñamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:563
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de aliñamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:126
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "Estado alternábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:127
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "O estado alternábel do botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:134
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Estado inconsistente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:135
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "O estado inconsistente do botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:142
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Activábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:143
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "O botón de estado pódese activar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:150
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "Estado de opción"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:151
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Debuxar o botón de estado como un botón de opción"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:158
msgid "Indicator size"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:159 ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:70
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:122
msgid "Size of check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador de opción ou de verificación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:182
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "Modelo CellView"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcellview.c:183
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización de cela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:69 ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:121
msgid "Indicator Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do indicador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:77 ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:245
msgid "Indicator Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do indicador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:78
msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
msgstr "Espazamento ao redor do indicador de opción ou de verificación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:99
msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
msgstr "Indica se o elemento de menú está seleccionado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:106 ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:123
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inconsistente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:107
msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
msgstr "Indica se se debe mostrar un estado \"inconsistente\""
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:114
msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
msgstr "Debuxar como un elemento do menú de opción"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c:115
msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a aparencia do elemento de menú é como un elemento do menú de "
"opción"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:171
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Usar alfa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:172
msgid "Whether or not to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr "Indica se debe darse ou non un valor alfa á cor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:186 ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:407
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:142 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:116
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:429 ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:265
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Título"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:187
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección da cor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:201 ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:295
msgid "Current Color"
msgstr "Cor actual"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:202
msgid "The selected color"
msgstr "A cor seleccionada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:216 ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:302
msgid "Current Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa actual"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:217
msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"O valor de opacidade actual (0 é completamente transparente; 65535 é "
"completamente opaco)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:281
msgid "Has Opacity Control"
msgstr "Ten un control de opacidade"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:282
msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
msgstr "Indica se o selector de cor pode permitir seleccionar a opacidade"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:288
msgid "Has palette"
msgstr "Ten unha paleta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:289
msgid "Whether a palette should be used"
msgstr "Indica se se pode usar unha paleta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:296
msgid "The current color"
msgstr "A cor actual"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:303
msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
msgstr ""
"O valor de opacidade actual (0 é completamente transparente, 65535 é "
"completamente opaco)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:317
msgid "Custom palette"
msgstr "Paleta personalizada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorsel.c:318
msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
msgstr "A paleta que se usará no selector de cores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:102
msgid "Color Selection"
msgstr "Selección de cor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:103
msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
msgstr "A selección de cor incorporada no diálogo."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:109
msgid "OK Button"
msgstr "Botón Aceptar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:110
msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Aceptar do diálogo."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:116
msgid "Cancel Button"
msgstr "Botón Cancelar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:117
msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Cancelar do diálogo."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:123
msgid "Help Button"
msgstr "Botón Axuda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcolorseldialog.c:124
msgid "The help button of the dialog."
msgstr "O botón Axuda do diálogo."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:671
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "Modelo de caixa de combinación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:672
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "O modelo para a caixa de combinación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:689
msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
msgstr "Largura de axuste para distribuír os elementos nunha grade"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:711
msgid "Row span column"
msgstr "Columna de expansión da fila"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:712
msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contén os valores de expansión da fila"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:733
msgid "Column span column"
msgstr "Columna de expansión da columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:734
msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
msgstr "Columna TreeModel que contén os valores de expansión da columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:755
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Elemento activo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:756
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "O elemento que está activo actualmente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:775 ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:226
msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
msgstr "Engadir tiradores aos menús"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:776
msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús despregábeis deben ter un elemento de menú desprazábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:791 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:689
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Ten marco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:792
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr "Indica se a caixa de combinación debuxa un marco ao redor do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:800
msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se a caixa de combinación captura o foco cando se preme co rato"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:815 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:563
msgid "Tearoff Title"
msgstr "Título do tirador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:816
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que o xestor de xanelas pode mostrar cando o menú emerxente se "
"separa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:833
msgid "Popup shown"
msgstr "Menú emerxente mostrado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:834
msgid "Whether the combo's dropdown is shown"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra o despregábel da caixa de combinación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:850
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade do botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:851
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
msgstr "Indica se o botón despregábel é sensíbel cando o modelo está baleiro"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:858
msgid "Appears as list"
msgstr "Móstrase como unha lista"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:859
msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
msgstr "Indica se os despregábeis deben parecerse a listas en vez de a menús"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:875
msgid "Arrow Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da frecha"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:876
msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
msgstr "O tamaño mínimo da frecha no caixa de combinación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:891 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:789 ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:175
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:194 ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:231 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:568
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:150
msgid "Shadow type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcombobox.c:892
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
msgstr "A clase de sombra que se debuxa ao redor da caixa de combinación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:238
msgid "Resize mode"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:239
msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
msgstr "Especifica como se manipulan os eventos de redimensionamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:246
msgid "Border width"
msgstr "Largura do bordo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:247
msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
msgstr "A largura do bordo baleiro fóra dos contedores fillos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:255
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkcontainer.c:256
msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
msgstr "Pode usarse para engadir un fillo novo ao contedor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:145
msgid "Has separator"
msgstr "Ten un separador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:146
msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
msgstr "A caixa de diálogo ten unha barra separadora sobre os seus botóns"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:191 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:439
msgid "Content area border"
msgstr "Bordo da área de contidos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:192
msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da área principal da caixa de diálogo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:209 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:456
msgid "Content area spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da área de contido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:210
msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
msgstr "O espazamento entre os elementos da área de diálogo principal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:217 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:472
msgid "Button spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento dos botóns"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:218 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:473
msgid "Spacing between buttons"
msgstr "Espazamento entre os botóns"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:226 ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:488
msgid "Action area border"
msgstr "Bordo da área de acción"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkdialog.c:227
msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
msgstr ""
"Largura do bordo ao redor da área do botón na parte inferior da caixa de "
"diálogo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:636
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text Buffer"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Búfer de texto"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:637
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Obxecto de búfer de texto que almacena actualmente a entrada de texto"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:644 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:623
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Posición do cursor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:645 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:624
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "A posición actual do cursor de inserción en caracteres"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:654 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:633
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "Límite da selección"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:655 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:634
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr "A posición en caracteres do extremo oposto da selección desde o cursor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:665
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Indica se os contidos da entrada se poden editar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:672 ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:383
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Lonxitude máxima"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:673 ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:384
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Número máximo de caracteres nesta entrada. É cero se non hai un máximo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:681
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibilidade"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:682
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the \"invisible char\" instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"FALSE mostra o \"carácter invisíbel\" en lugar do texto actual (no modo "
"contrasinal)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:690
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr "FALSE elimina o bisel exterior da entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:698
msgid ""
"Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
msgstr ""
"Bordo entre o texto e o marco. Sobreponse á propiedade de estilo do bordo "
"interno"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:705 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1271
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Carácter invisíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:706 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1272
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in \"password mode\")"
msgstr ""
"O carácter que usar cando se oculten os contidos da entrada (no \"modo de "
"contrasinal\")"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:713
msgid "Activates default"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Activa o predefinido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:714
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"Indica se se debe activar o widget predefinido (como o botón predefinido "
"nunha caixa de diálogo) cando se prema a tecla Intro"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:720
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:721
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr "Número de caracteres para os que deixar espazo na entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:730
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Compensación do desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:731
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles da entrada desprazados fóra da pantalla e cara á esquerda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:741
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "Os contidos da entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:756 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:73
msgid "X align"
msgstr "Aliñamento X"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:757 ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:74
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento horizontal, desde 0 (esquerda) até 1 (dereita). Ao revés para "
"disposicións DAE."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:773
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "Truncar multiliña"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:774
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se se truncan as accións de pegar multiliñas nunha liña."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:790
msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
msgstr ""
"Que tipo de sombra debuxar ao redor da entrada cando has-frame está activado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:805 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:658
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Modo de sobrescritura"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:806
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
msgstr "Indica se o texto novo sobrescribe o texto existente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:820 ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:368
msgid "Text length"
msgstr "Lonxitude de texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:821
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
msgstr "A lonxitude do texto que está actualmente na entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:836
msgid "Invisible char set"
msgstr "Carácter invisíbel definido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:837
msgid "Whether the invisible char has been set"
msgstr "Indica se o carácter invisíbel foi definido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:855
msgid "Caps Lock warning"
msgstr "Aviso de Bloq Maiús"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:856
msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as entradas de contrasinal mostrarán un aviso cando Bloq Maiús "
"estea activado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:870
msgid "Progress Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción de progreso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:871
msgid "The current fraction of the task that's been completed"
msgstr "A fracción actual da tarefa que está terminada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:888
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
msgstr "Paso de pulso de progreso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:889
msgid ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
msgstr ""
"A fracción total da largura da entrada para mover o bloque de rebote de "
"progreso para cada chamada a gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:905
msgid "Primary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf primario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:906
msgid "Primary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "O pixbuf primario para a entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:920
msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf secundario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:921
msgid "Secondary pixbuf for the entry"
msgstr "O pixbuf secundario para a entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:935
msgid "Primary stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario primario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:936
msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
msgstr "O ID de inventario para a icona primaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:950
msgid "Secondary stock ID"
msgstr "ID de inventario secundario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:951
msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
msgstr "O ID de inventario para a icona secundaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:965
msgid "Primary icon name"
msgstr "Nome de icona primaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:966
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
msgstr "O nome de icona para a icona primaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:980
msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgstr "Nome de icona secundaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:981
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
msgstr "O nome de icona para a icona secundaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:995
msgid "Primary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon primaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:996
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
msgstr "O nome para a GIcon primaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1010
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
msgstr "GIcon secundaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1011
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
msgstr "O nome para a GIcon secundaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1025
msgid "Primary storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento primario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1026
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
msgstr "A representación usada para a icona primaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1041
msgid "Secondary storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento secundario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1042
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
msgstr "A representación usada para a icona secundaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1063
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icona primaria activábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1064
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indica se a icona primaria é activábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1084
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
msgstr "Icona secundaria activábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1085
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Indica se a icona secundaria é activábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1107
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sensibilidade da icona primaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1108
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indica se a icona primaria é sensíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1129
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Sensibilidade da icona secundaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1130
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Indica se a icona secundaria é sensíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1146
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación da icona primaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1147 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1183
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación da icona primaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1163
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación da icona secundaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1164 ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1202
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación da icona secundaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1182
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcación da indicación da icona primaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1201
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcación da indicación da icona secundaria"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1221 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:686
msgid "IM module"
msgstr "Módulo MI"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1222 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:687
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
msgstr "O módulo de MI que se debería usar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1236
msgid "Icon Prelight"
msgstr "Iluminación previa da icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1237
msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as iconas activábeis se deberían iluminar previamente ao pasar o "
"rato por encima"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1250
msgid "Progress Border"
msgstr "Bordo do progreso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1251
msgid "Border around the progress bar"
msgstr "O bordo ao redor da barra de progreso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1743
msgid "Border between text and frame."
msgstr "Bordo entre o texto e o marco."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1757
msgid "State Hint"
msgstr "Suxestión de estado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1758
msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se pasa unha propiedade de estado cando se debuxe a sombra ou o "
"fondo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1763 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:882
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Seleccionar ao enfocar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1764
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben seleccionar os contidos dunha entrada cando está enfocada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1778
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera para a suxestión de contrasinal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentry.c:1779
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
msgstr ""
"Durante canto tempo hai que mostrar o último carácter introducido nas "
"entradas ocultas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:354
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Os contidos do búfer"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:369
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "A lonxitude do texto que está actualmente no búfer"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:279
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Modelo de completado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:280
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr "O modelo para encontrar coincidencias"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:286
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima da chave"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:287
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima da chave de busca para encontrar coincidencias"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:303 ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:601
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Columna de texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:304
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "Unha columna do modelo que contén as cadeas."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:323
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr "Completado en liña"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:324
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr "Indica se o prefixo común se debe inserir automaticamente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:338
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr "Emerxer os completados"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:339
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr "Indica se os completados se deben mostrar nunha xanela emerxente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:354
msgid "Popup set width"
msgstr "O emerxente define a largura"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:355
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, a xanela emerxente terá o mesmo tamaño que a entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:373
msgid "Popup single match"
msgstr "Emerxente para coincidencia única"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:374
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
msgstr "Se é TRUE, a xanela emerxente aparecerá para unha coincidencia única."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:388
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "Selección en liña"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:389
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr "A súa descrición aquí"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:91
msgid "Visible Window"
msgstr "Xanela visíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:92
msgid ""
"Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used to "
"trap events."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a caixa de eventos é visíbel, ao contrario da invisíbel; só se usa "
"para capturar eventos."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:98
msgid "Above child"
msgstr "Encima do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkeventbox.c:99
msgid ""
"Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of the "
"child widget as opposed to below it."
msgstr ""
"Indica se a xanela captadora de eventos da caixa de eventos está por encima "
"da xanela do widget fillo ao contrario de por debaixo dela."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:187
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Expandido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:188
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Indica se o expansor foi aberto para deixar ver o widget fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:196
msgid "Text of the expander's label"
msgstr "Texto da etiqueta do expansor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:211 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:542
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Usar a marcación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:212 ../gtk/gtklabel.c:543
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta inclúe marcación XML. Vexa pango_parse_markup()"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:220
msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
msgstr "Espazo para pór entre a etiqueta e o fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:229 ../gtk/gtkframe.c:156 ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:218
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1550
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Widget etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:230
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar da etiqueta habitual do expansor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:236 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1578
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:779
msgid "Expander Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do expansor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:237 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1579
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:780
msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
msgstr "Tamaño da frecha do expansor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkexpander.c:246
msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
msgstr "Espazamento ao redor da frecha do expansor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:759
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Acción"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:760
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "O tipo de operación que o selector de ficheiro está realizando"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:766 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:281
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filtro"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:767
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "O filtro actual para seleccionar que ficheiros se mostran"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:772
msgid "Local Only"
msgstr "Só local"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:773
msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os ficheiros seleccionados deben limitarse a URL tipo 'file:' "
"locais"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:778
msgid "Preview widget"
msgstr "Widget de previsualización"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:779
msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Widget de aplicativo fornecido para previsualizacións personalizadas."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:784
msgid "Preview Widget Active"
msgstr "Widget de previsualización activo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:785
msgid ""
"Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be shown."
msgstr ""
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
"Indica se se debería mostrar o widget fornecido polo aplicativo para "
"previsualizacións personalizadas."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:790
msgid "Use Preview Label"
msgstr "Usar a etiqueta de previsualización"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:791
msgid "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe mostrar unha etiqueta co nome do ficheiro previsualizado."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:796
msgid "Extra widget"
msgstr "Widget adicional"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:797
msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Widget de aplicativo fornecido para opcións adicionais."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:802 ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:220
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Selección múltiple"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:803
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Indica se se permite seleccionar múltiples ficheiros"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:809
msgid "Show Hidden"
msgstr "Mostrar os ocultos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:810
msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica se os ficheiros e cartafoles ocultos se deben mostrar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:825
msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Confirmar a sobrescritura"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:826
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite confirmation "
"dialog if necessary."
msgstr ""
"Indica se un selector de ficheiros en modo de gardado presentará un diálogo "
"de confirmación de sobrescritura se é necesario."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:842
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Allow folders creation"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Permitir a creación de cartafoles"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:843
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"Indica se un selector de ficheiros sen estar en modo aberto lle ofrecerá ao "
"usuario crear cartafoles novos."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:376
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr "Diálogo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:377
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr "O diálogo do selector de ficheiros para usar."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:408
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección de ficheiros."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:422
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
msgstr "A largura desexada do widget de botón, en caracteres."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:90 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:561
msgid "X position"
msgstr "Posición X"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:91 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:562
msgid "X position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición X do widget fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:100 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:571
msgid "Y position"
msgstr "Posición Y"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfixed.c:101 ../gtk/gtklayout.c:572
msgid "Y position of child widget"
msgstr "Posición Y do widget fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:143
msgid "The title of the font selection dialog"
msgstr "O título do diálogo de selección do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:158 ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:196
msgid "Font name"
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:159
msgid "The name of the selected font"
msgstr "O nome do tipo de letra seleccionado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:160
msgid "Sans 12"
msgstr "Sans 12"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:175
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Usar o tipo de letra na etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:176
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta se debuxa co tipo de letra seleccionado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:191
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Usar o tamaño na etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:192
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta se debuxa co tamaño de tipo de letra seleccionado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:208
msgid "Show style"
msgstr "Mostrar o estilo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:209
msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica se o estilo de tipo de letra seleccionado se mostra na etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:224
msgid "Show size"
msgstr "Mostrar o tamaño"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:225
msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
msgstr "Indica se o tamaño de tipo de letra seleccionado se mostra na etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:197
msgid "The string that represents this font"
msgstr "A cadea que representa este tipo de letra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:204
msgid "The GdkFont that is currently selected"
msgstr "O GdkFont que está actualmente seleccionado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:210
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Previsualizar o texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkfontsel.c:211
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr ""
"O texto que mostrar como exemplo para indicar o tipo de letra seleccionado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:115
msgid "Text of the frame's label"
msgstr "Texto da etiqueta do marco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:122
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr "Aliñamento x da etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:123
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "O aliñamento horizontal da etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:131
msgid "Label yalign"
msgstr "Aliñamento y da etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:132
msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical da etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:140 ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:168
msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Propiedade anticuada; use shadow_type no seu lugar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:147
msgid "Frame shadow"
msgstr "Sombra do marco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:148
msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
msgstr "Aparencia do bordo do marco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkframe.c:157
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar en lugar da etiqueta de marco habitual"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:176
msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
msgstr "Aparencia da sombra que rodea o contedor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:184
msgid "Handle position"
msgstr "Posición do manipulador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:185
msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
msgstr "Posición do manipulador en relación ao widget fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:193
msgid "Snap edge"
msgstr "Axustar ao bordo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:194
msgid ""
"Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
"handlebox"
msgstr ""
"Lado da caixa manipuladora que está aliñado co punto de ancoraxe, para "
"ancorar a caixa manipuladora"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:202
msgid "Snap edge set"
msgstr "Definición do axuste de bordo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:203
msgid ""
"Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived from "
"handle_position"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se usa o valor da propiedade snap_edge ou un valor derivado de "
"handle_position"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:210
msgid "Child Detached"
msgstr "Fillo separado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkhandlebox.c:211
msgid ""
"A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
"detached."
msgstr ""
"Un valor booleano que indica se a caixa de manipulación do fillo está "
"separada ou anexada."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:564
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Modo de selección"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:565
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "O modo de selección"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:583
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "Columna de pixbuf"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:584
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para recuperar o pixbuf da icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:602
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Columna modelo usada para recuperar o texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:621
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "Columna de marcación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:622
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr ""
"Columna modelo usada para recuperar o texto se se emprega a marcación Pango"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:629
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Modelo de visualización de icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:630
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización de icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:646
msgid "Number of columns"
msgstr "Número de columnas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:647
msgid "Number of columns to display"
msgstr "O número de columnas que se mostran"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:664
msgid "Width for each item"
msgstr "Largura de cada elemento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:665
msgid "The width used for each item"
msgstr "A largura usada para cada elemento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:681
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as celas dun elemento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:696
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de fila"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:697
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as filas da grade"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:712
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:713
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as columnas da grade"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:728
msgid "Margin"
msgstr "Marxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:729
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
msgstr "Espazo que se insire nos bordos da visualización de icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:745
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
"Como se sitúan o texto e a icona de cada elemento en relación un ao outro"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:761 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:614
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:308
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Reordenábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:762 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:615
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "A visualización é reordenábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:769 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:765
msgid "Tooltip Column"
msgstr "Columna de indicación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:770
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
msgstr ""
"A columna do modelo que contén os textos de indicación para os elementos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:787
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Item Padding"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo de ítem"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:788
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Recheo arredor dos ítems de iconas"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:797
msgid "Selection Box Color"
msgstr "Cor da caixa de selección"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:798
msgid "Color of the selection box"
msgstr "Cor da caixa de selección"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:804
msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
msgstr "Alfa da caixa de selección"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkiconview.c:805
msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
msgstr "Opacidade da caixa de selección"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:227 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:218
msgid "Pixbuf"
msgstr "Pixbuf"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:228 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:219
msgid "A GdkPixbuf to display"
msgstr "Un GdkPixbuf para mostrar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:235
msgid "Pixmap"
msgstr "Mapa de píxeles"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:236
msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
msgstr "Un GdkPixmap para mostrar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:243 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:264
msgid "Image"
msgstr "Imaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:244
msgid "A GdkImage to display"
msgstr "Un GdkImage para mostrar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:251
msgid "Mask"
msgstr "Máscara"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:252
msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkImage or GdkPixmap"
msgstr ""
"A máscara do mapa de bits que se vai usar con GdkImage ou con GdkPixmap"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:259 ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:214
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:226
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:260 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:227
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Nome de ficheiro para cargar e mostrar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:269 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:235
msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
msgstr "ID de inventario para unha imaxe de inventario para mostrar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:276
msgid "Icon set"
msgstr "Definición da icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:277
msgid "Icon set to display"
msgstr "Definición da icona para mostrar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:284 ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:232 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:485
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:991
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:285
msgid "Symbolic size to use for stock icon, icon set or named icon"
msgstr ""
"Tamaño simbólico que usar para a icona de inventario, conxunto de iconas ou "
"icona con nome"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:301
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "Tamaño do píxel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:302
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr "Tamaño do píxel que usar para a icona con nome"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:310
msgid "Animation"
msgstr "Animación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:311
msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation para mostrar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:351 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:266
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Tipo de almacenamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimage.c:352 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:267
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr "A representación empregada para as informacións de imaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:136
msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
msgstr "Widget fillo que aparecerá ao lado do texto de menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:151
msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se hai que usar a etiqueta de texto para crear un elemento de menú de "
"inventario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:184 ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:523
msgid "Accel Group"
msgstr "Grupo de teclas rápidas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:185
msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
msgstr "O grupo de teclas rápidas para usar nas teclas rápidas de inventario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:190
msgid "Show menu images"
msgstr "Mostrar as imaxes de menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkimagemenuitem.c:191
msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
msgstr "Indica se se deben mostrar ou non as imaxes nos menús"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:384 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:177
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Tipo de mensaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:385 ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:178
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "O tipo de mensaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:440
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the content area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da área de contido"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:457
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "O espazamento entre os elementos da área de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinfobar.c:489
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Width of border around the action area"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Largura do bordo arredor da área de acción"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkinvisible.c:87 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:681
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
msgstr "A pantalla onde se mostrará esta xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:529
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:536
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "Unha lista de atributos de estilos para aplicar ao texto da etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:557 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:359 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:595
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Xustificación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:558
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkMisc::xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"O aliñamento das liñas no texto da etiqueta en relación a cada unha. Isto "
"NON afecta ao aliñamento da etiqueta dentro da súa asignación Ver GtkMisc::"
"xalign para iso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:566
msgid "Pattern"
msgstr "Patrón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:567
msgid ""
"A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the text "
"to underline"
msgstr ""
"Unha cadea con caracteres _ en posicións correspondentes a caracteres no "
"texto para subliñar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:574
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Axuste de liña"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:575
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr "Se se define, axusta a liña se o texto se volve demasiado largo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:590
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste de liña"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:591
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr "Se se estabelece o axuste, controla como se fai o axuste de liña"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:598
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Seleccionábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:599
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Indica se o texto da etiqueta pode ser seleccionado co rato"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:605
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Tecla mnemónica"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:606
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "A tecla rápida mnemónica para esta etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:614
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Widget mnemónico"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:615
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label's mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr "O widget que se activará cando se prema a tecla mnemónica da etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:661
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"O lugar preferido para a elisión da cadea, se a etiqueta non ten suficiente "
"espazo para mostrar a cadea completa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:702
msgid "Single Line Mode"
msgstr "Modo de liña única"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:703
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
msgstr "Indica se a etiqueta está no modo de liña única"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:720
msgid "Angle"
msgstr "Ángulo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:721
msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
msgstr "Ángulo sobre o que se rota a etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:742
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
msgstr "Largura máxima en caracteres"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:743
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "A largura máxima desexada da etiqueta, en caracteres"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:761
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Track visited links"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Rexistrar as ligazóns visitadas"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:762
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se as ligazóns visitadas deberían ser rexistradas"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklabel.c:883
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se seleccionan os contidos dunha etiqueta seleccionábel cando está "
"enfocada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:581 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:134
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:582 ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:236
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment para a posición horizontal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:589 ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:142
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste vertical"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:590 ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:243
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment para a posición vertical"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:598
msgid "The width of the layout"
msgstr "A largura da disposición"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklayout.c:607
msgid "The height of the layout"
msgstr "A altura da disposición"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:145
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:146
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
msgstr "O URI vinculado a este botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:160
msgid "Visited"
msgstr "Visitada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:161
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
msgstr "Indica se esta ligazón foi visitada."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:509
msgid "The currently selected menu item"
msgstr "O elemento de menú actualmente seleccionado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:524
msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
msgstr "O grupo de teclas rápidas que contén as teclas rápidas para o menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:538 ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:290
msgid "Accel Path"
msgstr "Camiño de teclas rápidas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:539
msgid "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
msgstr ""
"Un camiño de teclas rápidas usado para construír adecuadamente os camiños de "
"teclas rápidas dos elementos fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:555
msgid "Attach Widget"
msgstr "Widget anexado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:556
msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
msgstr "O widget ao que está anexado o menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:564
msgid ""
"A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is torn-"
"off"
msgstr ""
"Un título que o xestor de xanelas poderá mostrar cando este menú estea "
"desprazado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:578
msgid "Tearoff State"
msgstr "Estado de desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:579
msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
msgstr "Un booleano que indica se o menú está desprazado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:593
msgid "Monitor"
msgstr "Monitor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:594
msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
msgstr "O monitor en que emerxerá o menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:600
msgid "Vertical Padding"
msgstr "Recheo vertical"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:601
msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
msgstr "O espazo adicional na parte superior e inferior do menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:623
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Reservar o tamaño de alternancia"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:624
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid ""
"A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
"icons"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Un booleano que indica se o menú reserva espazo para alternancias e iconas"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:630
msgid "Horizontal Padding"
msgstr "Recheo horizontal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:631
msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
msgstr "O espazo adicional nos bordos dereito e esquerdo do menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:639
msgid "Vertical Offset"
msgstr "Desprazamento vertical"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:640
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"vertically"
msgstr ""
"Cando o menú é un submenú, colóqueo verticalmente con este número de píxeles "
"de desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:648
msgid "Horizontal Offset"
msgstr "Desprazamento horizontal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:649
msgid ""
"When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
"horizontally"
msgstr ""
"Cando o menú é un submenú, colóqueo horizontalmente con este número de "
"píxeles de desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:657
msgid "Double Arrows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Frechas dobres"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:658
msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
msgstr "Mostrar sempre ambas as frechas ao desprazar."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:671
msgid "Arrow Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da frecha"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:672
msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
msgstr "Indica onde se deberían colocar as frechas de desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:680
msgid "Left Attach"
msgstr "Anexar á esquerda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:681 ../gtk/gtktable.c:174
msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
msgstr "A cantidade de columnas para anexar ao lado esquerdo do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:688
msgid "Right Attach"
msgstr "Anexar á dereita"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:689
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
msgstr "A cantidade de columnas para anexar ao lado dereito do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:696
msgid "Top Attach"
msgstr "Anexar arriba"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:697
msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar encima do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:704
msgid "Bottom Attach"
msgstr "Anexar abaixo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:705 ../gtk/gtktable.c:195
msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar debaixo do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:719
msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
msgstr ""
"Unha constante arbitraria para escalar para abaixo o tamaño da frecha de "
"desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:806
msgid "Can change accelerators"
msgstr "Pode cambiar as teclas rápidas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:807
msgid ""
"Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu item"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as teclas rápidas do menú poden ser cambiadas premendo unha tecla "
"sobre o elemento de menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:812
msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os submenús aparezan"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:813
msgid ""
"Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu appear"
msgstr ""
"Tempo mínimo no que o punteiro debe permanecer sobre un elemento de menú "
"antes de que o submenú apareza"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:820
msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
msgstr "Atraso antes de ocultar un submenú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenu.c:821
msgid ""
"The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
"submenu"
msgstr ""
"Tempo antes de ocultar un submenú cando o punteiro se estea a mover cara ao "
"submenú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:168
msgid "Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección do empaquetado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:169
msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "A dirección do empaquetado da barra de menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:185
msgid "Child Pack direction"
msgstr "Dirección do empaquetado fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:186
msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
msgstr "A dirección do empaquetado fillo da barra de menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:195
msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor da barra de menús"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:202 ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:535
msgid "Internal padding"
msgstr "Recheo interno"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:203
msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
msgstr ""
"Cantidade de espazo do bordo entre a sombra da barra de menús e os elementos "
"de menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:210
msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os menús despregábeis aparezan"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenubar.c:211
msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
msgstr "Atraso antes de que os submenús dunha barra de menú aparezan"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:257
msgid "Right Justified"
msgstr "Xustificado á dereita"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:258
msgid ""
"Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu bar"
msgstr ""
"Define se o elemento de menú aparece xustificado ao lado dereito dunha barra "
"de menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:272
msgid "Submenu"
msgstr "Submenú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:273
msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
msgstr "O submenú anexado ao elemento do menú, ou NULL se non ten ningún"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:291
msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
msgstr "Define o camiño de teclas rápidas dun elemento de menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:306
msgid "The text for the child label"
msgstr "O texto da etiqueta filla"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:369
msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazo usado pola frecha, relativa ao tamaño do tipo de letra "
"do elemento de menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:382
msgid "Width in Characters"
msgstr "Largura en caracteres"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenuitem.c:383
msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
msgstr "A largura mínima desexada do elemento de menú en caracteres"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:381
msgid "Take Focus"
msgstr "Obtén o foco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenushell.c:382
msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
msgstr "Un booleano que determina se o menú captura o foco do teclado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:243
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c:244
msgid "The dropdown menu"
msgstr "O menú despregábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:147
msgid "Image/label border"
msgstr "Bordo da imaxe ou etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:148
msgid "Width of border around the label and image in the message dialog"
msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor da etiqueta e a imaxe no diálogo de mensaxes"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:163
msgid "Use separator"
msgstr "Usar un separador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:164
msgid ""
"Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the buttons"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se pon un separador entre o texto do diálogo de mensaxe e os botóns"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:185
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Botóns de mensaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:186
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "Os botóns mostrados no diálogo de mensaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:203
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "O texto primario do diálogo de mensaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:218
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "Usar marcación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:219
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "O texto primario do título inclúe a marcación Pango."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:233
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "Texto secundario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:234
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "O texto secundario do diálogo de mensaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:249
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
msgstr "Usar marcación no secundario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:250
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "O texto secundario inclúe a marcación Pango."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:265
msgid "The image"
msgstr "A imaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:281
msgid "Message area"
msgstr "Área do mensaxes"
#: ../gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:282
msgid "GtkVBox that holds the dialog's primary and secondary labels"
msgstr "GtkVBox que contén as etiquetas primaria e secundaria do diálogo"
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:83
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Aliñamento Y"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:84
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "O aliñamento vertical, desde 0 (superior) até 1 (inferior)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:93
msgid "X pad"
msgstr "Recheo X"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:94
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazos, en píxeles, para engadir á esquerda e dereita do "
"widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:103
msgid "Y pad"
msgstr "Recheo Y"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmisc.c:104
msgid ""
"The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
msgstr ""
"A cantidade de espazos, en píxeles, para engadir na parte superior e "
"inferior do widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:160
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "Pai"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:161
msgid "The parent window"
msgstr "A xanela pai"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:168
msgid "Is Showing"
msgstr "Estase mostrando"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:169
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
msgstr "Se estamos mostrando un diálogo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:177
msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed."
msgstr "A pantalla onde esta xanela se mostrará."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:571
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Páxina"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:572
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "O índice da páxina actual"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:580
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr "Posición do separador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:581
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr "Que lado do caderno contén os separadores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:588
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr "Mostrar separadores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:589
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown or not"
msgstr "Indica se os separadores deben mostrarse ou non"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:595
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Mostrar bordo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:596
msgid "Whether the border should be shown or not"
msgstr "Indica se o bordo debe mostrarse ou non"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:602
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Desprazábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:603
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, engádense frechas de desprazamento se hai demasiados separadores "
"para encaixar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:609
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Activar o menú emerxente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:610
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, premendo o botón dereito do rato no caderno emerxe un menú que "
"pode usar para ir a unha páxina"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:624 ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:140
#: ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:159 ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:353
#: ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:65
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Grupo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:625
msgid "Group for tabs drag and drop"
msgstr "Grupo para arrastrar e soltar os separadores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:631
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de separador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:632
msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
msgstr "A cadea mostrada na etiqueta do separador fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:638
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de menú"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:639
msgid "The string displayed in the child's menu entry"
msgstr "A cadea mostrada na entrada de menú filla"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:652
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr "Expansión do separador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:653
msgid "Whether to expand the child's tab or not"
msgstr "Indica se se expanden os separadores fillos ou non"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:659
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr "Recheo de separador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:660
msgid "Whether the child's tab should fill the allocated area or not"
msgstr "Indica se os separadores fillos deberían encher a área asignada ou non"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:666
msgid "Tab pack type"
msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado de separador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:673
msgid "Tab reorderable"
msgstr "Separador reordenábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:674
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action or not"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o separador se pode ou non reordenar por unha acción do usuario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:680
msgid "Tab detachable"
msgstr "Separador desprazábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:681
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
msgstr "Indica se o separador é desprazábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:696 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:81
msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de retroceso secundario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:697
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de retroceso no extremo oposto da área de "
"tabulación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:712 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:88
msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de avance secundario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:713
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de avance no extremo oposto da área de "
"tabulación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:727 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:67
msgid "Backward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de retroceso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:728 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:68
msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar o botón estándar de frecha de retroceso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:742 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:74
msgid "Forward stepper"
msgstr "Paso de avance"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:743 ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:75
msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
msgstr "Mostrar o botón estándar de frecha de avance"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:757
msgid "Tab overlap"
msgstr "Superposición de separador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:758
msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
msgstr "Tamaño da área de superposición do separador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:773
msgid "Tab curvature"
msgstr "Curvatura do separador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:774
msgid "Size of tab curvature"
msgstr "Tamaño da curvatura do separador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:790
msgid "Arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de frechas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtknotebook.c:791
msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento das frechas de desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkorientable.c:64
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgstr "A orientación do orientábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:243
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
"Posición do separador de sección en píxeles (0 significa todo o traxecto "
"cara á esquerda ou arriba)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:252
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Definición de posición"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:253
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "É TRUE se a propiedade de posición debe ser usada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:259
msgid "Handle Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do manipulador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:260
msgid "Width of handle"
msgstr "Largura do manipulador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:276
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Posición mínima"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:277
msgid "Smallest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "O valor máis pequeno posíbel para a propiedade \"posición\""
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:294
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Posición máxima"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:295
msgid "Largest possible value for the \"position\" property"
msgstr "O valor máis grande posíbel para a propiedade \"posición\""
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:312
msgid "Resize"
msgstr "Redimensionar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:313
msgid "If TRUE, the child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo expándese e redúcese xunto coa sección do widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:328
msgid "Shrink"
msgstr "Reducir"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkpaned.c:329
msgid "If TRUE, the child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o fillo pode facerse máis pequeno que a súa solicitude"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:171 ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:317
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr "Incorporado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:172
msgid "Whether or not the plug is embedded"
msgstr "Indica se o conectador está incorporado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:186
msgid "Socket Window"
msgstr "Xanela de conectador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkplug.c:187
msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
msgstr "A xanela do conectador en que o obxecto \"plug\" está incorporado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:131
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "Nome da impresora"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:137
msgid "Backend"
msgstr "Backend"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:138
msgid "Backend for the printer"
msgstr "Backend para a impresora"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:144
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "É virtual"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:145
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "É FALSE se isto representa unha impresora real de hardware"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:151
msgid "Accepts PDF"
msgstr "Acepta PDF"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:152
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora pode aceptar PDF"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:158
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
msgstr "Acepta PostScript"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:159
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora acepta PostScript"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:165
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "Mensaxe de estado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:166
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "Unha cadea que mostra o estado actual da impresora"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:172
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Localización"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:173
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "A localización da impresora"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:180
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgstr "O nome da icona que usar para a impresora"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:186
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "Conta de traballos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:187
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
msgstr "O número de traballos postos na fila de impresión"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:205
msgid "Paused Printer"
msgstr "Impresora detida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:206
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgstr "É TRUE se a impresora está detida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:219
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
msgstr "Acepta traballos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinter.c:220
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
msgstr "É TRUE se esta impresora acepta traballos novos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:123
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "Opción de orixe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:124
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "A PrinterOption que serve de apoio para este widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:117
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "Título do traballo de impresión"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:125
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Impresora"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:126
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
msgstr "Impresora na que imprimir o traballo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:134
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Configuracións"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:135
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "Configuracións da impresora"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:143 ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:144
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:302
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "Configuración da páxina"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:152 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1133
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "Seguimento do estado de impresión"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintjob.c:153
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a operación de impresión continúa emitindo sinais de cambio de "
"estado despois de que os datos de impresión sexan enviados á impresora ou ao "
"servidor de impresoras."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1005
msgid "Default Page Setup"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Configuración de páxina predefinida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1006
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "A GtkPageSetup que se usa por defecto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1024 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:320
msgid "Print Settings"
msgstr "Configuracións da impresora"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1025 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:321
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "Os GtkPrintSettings que se usan para inicializar o diálogo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1043
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "Nome do traballo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1044
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr "Unha cadea que se usa para identificar o traballo de impresión."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1068
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "Número de páxinas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1069
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "O número de páxinas do documento."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1090 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:310
msgid "Current Page"
msgstr "Páxina actual"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1091 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:311
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "A páxina actual do documento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1112
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "Usar a páxina completa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1113
msgid ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a orixe do contexto debe estar na esquina da páxina e non na "
"esquina da área de imaxe"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1134
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"É TRUE se a operación de impresión continúa informando ao traballo de "
"impresión despois de que os datos de impresión sexan enviados á impresora ou "
"ao servidor de impresoras."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1151
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "Unidade"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1152
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "A unidade na que se poden medir as distancias no contexto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1169
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "Mostrar diálogo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1170
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
msgstr "É TRUE se se mostra un diálogo de progreso ao imprimir."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1193
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "Permitir asíncrono"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1194
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
msgstr "É TRUE se o proceso de impresión se pode executar asincronamente."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1216 ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1217
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "Exportar nome de ficheiro"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1231
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Estado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1232
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "O estado da operación de impresión"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1252
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "Cadea de estado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1253
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "Unha descrición lexíbel por humanos do estado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1271
msgid "Custom tab label"
msgstr "Etiqueta de separador personalizado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1272
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
msgstr "Etiqueta para o separador que contén widgets personalizados."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1287 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:345
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Support Selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Permite a selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1288
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE se a operación de impresión permitirá a impresión da selección."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1304 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:353
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Has Selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Ten unha selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1305
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if a selection exists."
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "TRUE se existe unha selección."
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1320 ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:361
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Configuración da páxina incorporada"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1321
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"TRUE se as caixas de combinación da configuración de páxina están "
"incorporados no GtkPrintDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1342
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Número de páxinas para imprimir"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1343
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "O número de páxinas que serán impresas."
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:303
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "O GtkPageSetup que usar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:328
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "Impresora seleccionada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:329
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
msgstr "O GtkPrinter que está seleccionado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:336
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Manual Capabilites"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Capacidades manuais"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:337
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Capacidades que o aplicativo pode manipular"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:346
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Se a caixa de diálogo permite a selección"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:354
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Cando o aplicativo ten unha seleccion"
2009-06-16 01:45:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:362
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"TRUE se as caixas de combinación da configuración de páxina están "
"incorporadas no GtkPrintUnixDialog"
2009-07-10 23:02:32 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:122
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Fracción"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:123
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "A fracción do traballo total que se completou"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:130
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Paso de pulso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:131
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr ""
"A fracción do progreso total para mover o bloque rebotador cando se preme"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:139
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Texto que se mostrará na barra de progreso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:146
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Mostrar texto"
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:147
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
msgstr "Indica se o progreso se mostra como texto."
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:169
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
msgstr ""
"O lugar preferido para elidir a cadea, se a barra de progreso non ten espazo "
"suficiente para mostrar a cadea completa."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:176
msgid "XSpacing"
msgstr "EspazamentoX"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:177
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
msgstr "Espazo extra aplicado á largura dunha barra de progreso."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:182
msgid "YSpacing"
msgstr "EspazamentoY"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:183
msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
msgstr "Un espazamento extra aplicado á altura dunha barra de progreso."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:196
msgid "Min horizontal bar width"
msgstr "Largura horizontal mínima da barra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:197
msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
msgstr "A largura horizontal mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:209
msgid "Min horizontal bar height"
msgstr "Altura horizontal mínima da barra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:210
msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
msgstr "A altura horizontal mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:222
msgid "Min vertical bar width"
msgstr "Largura vertical mínima da barra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:223
msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
msgstr "A largura vertical mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:235
msgid "Min vertical bar height"
msgstr "Altura vertical mínima da barra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:236
msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
msgstr "A altura vertical mínima da barra de progreso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:123
msgid "The value"
msgstr "O valor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:124
msgid ""
"The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this action "
"is the current action of its group."
msgstr ""
"O valor devolto por gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() cando esta acción é "
"a acción actual do seu grupo."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:141
msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de opción a cuxo grupo pertence esta acción."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:156
msgid "The current value"
msgstr "O valor actual"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradioaction.c:157
msgid ""
"The value property of the currently active member of the group to which this "
"action belongs."
msgstr ""
"A propiedade do valor do membro actualmente activo do grupo ao que esta "
"acción pertence."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:160
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este widget."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c:354
msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "O elemento do menú de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este widget."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c:66
msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
msgstr "O botón de ferramenta de opción a cuxo grupo pertence este botón."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:385
msgid "Update policy"
msgstr "Política de actualización"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:386
msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
msgstr "Como se debe actualizar o intervalo na pantalla"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:395
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr "O GtkAdjustment que contén o valor actual deste intervalo de obxectos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:402
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Invertido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:403
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr ""
"Inverter a dirección en que se move o control desprazábel para incrementar o "
"valor do intervalo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:410
msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade de paso inferior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:411
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's lower "
"side"
msgstr ""
"A política de sensibilidade para o paso que apunta ao lado máis baixo do "
"axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:419
msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
msgstr "Sensibilidade do paso superior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:420
msgid ""
"The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's upper "
"side"
msgstr ""
"A política de sensibilidade para o paso que apunta ao lado máis alto do "
"axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:437
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr "Mostrar nivel de recheo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:438
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debe mostrar o indicador gráfico de nivel de recheo mentres se "
"enche."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:454
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr "Restrinxir ao nivel de recheo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:455
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
msgstr "Indica se se debe restrinxir o bordo superior ao nivel de recheo."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:470
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr "Nivel de recheo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:471
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr "O nivel de recheo."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:479
msgid "Slider Width"
msgstr "Largura do control desprazábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:480
msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
msgstr "Largura da barra de desprazamento ou do indicador de escala"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:487
msgid "Trough Border"
msgstr "Bordo do canal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:488
msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
msgstr ""
"Espazamento entre o indicador de escala ou os pasos e o bisel do canal "
"exterior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:495
msgid "Stepper Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do paso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:496
msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
msgstr "Lonxitude dos botóns de paso nos extremos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:511
msgid "Stepper Spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do paso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:512
msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
msgstr "Espazamento entre os botóns de paso e o indicador de escala"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:519
msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento X da frecha"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:520
msgid ""
"How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Até onde se move a frecha na dirección X cando se solta o botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:527
msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
msgstr "Desprazamento Y da frecha"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:528
msgid ""
"How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
msgstr "Até onde se move a frecha na dirección Y cando se solta o botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:536
msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
msgstr "Debuxar control desprazábel ACTIVO durante o arrastre"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:537
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with shadow "
"IN while they are dragged"
2006-05-30 20:25:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Con esta opción definida como TRUE, os controis desprazábeis debuxaranse "
"como ACTIVOS e con sombra DENTRO ao arrastralos"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:551
msgid "Trough Side Details"
msgstr "Detalles do lado do canal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:552
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are drawn "
"with different details"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Cando é TRUE, as partes do canal nos dous lados do control desprazábel "
"debúxanse con detalles diferentes"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:568
msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
msgstr "Canal baixo os pasos"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:569
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers and "
"spacing"
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se se debuxa para toda a lonxitude do intervalo ou se exclúe os pasos "
"e o espazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:582
msgid "Arrow scaling"
msgstr "Escalado de frecha"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrange.c:583
msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
msgstr "O escalado da frecha con atención ao tamaño do botón de desprazamento"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:633 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:255
msgid "Show Numbers"
msgstr "Mostrar números"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentaction.c:634 ../gtk/gtkrecentchoosermenu.c:256
msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos deberían mostrarse cun número"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:149
msgid "Recent Manager"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Xestionar os recentes"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:150
msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
msgstr "O obxecto RecentManager que se vai usar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:164
msgid "Show Private"
msgstr "Mostrar os privados"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:165
msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos privados se deben mostrar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:178
msgid "Show Tooltips"
msgstr "Mostrar as indicacións"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:179
msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
msgstr "Indica se debe haber unha indicación no elemento"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:191
msgid "Show Icons"
msgstr "Mostrar iconas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:192
msgid "Whether there should be an icon near the item"
msgstr "Indica se debe haber unha icona cerca do elemento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:207
msgid "Show Not Found"
msgstr "Mostrar os non encontrados"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:208
msgid "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben mostrar os elementos que apuntan a recursos non "
"dispoñíbeis"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:221
msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
msgstr "Indica se se permite a selección de múltiples elementos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:234
msgid "Local only"
msgstr "Só local"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:235
msgid "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os recursos seleccionados deberían limitarse a URI de tipo 'file:' "
"locais"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:251 ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:229
msgid "Limit"
msgstr "Límite"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:252
msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
msgstr "O número máximo de elementos para mostrar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:266
msgid "Sort Type"
msgstr "Tipo de ordenación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:267
msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
msgstr "A orde de clasificación dos elementos mostrados"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentchooser.c:282
msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
msgstr "O filtro actual para seleccionar que recursos se mostran"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:215
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
msgstr ""
"O camiño completo ao ficheiro que se vai usar para almacenar e ler a lista"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:230
2006-06-22 02:29:37 +00:00
msgid ""
"The maximum number of items to be returned by gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
msgstr ""
"O número máximo de elementos que serán devoltos polo "
"gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:246
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "O tamaño da lista de recursos usados recentemente"
# verificar: High= alta e low= baixa
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:128
msgid "Lower"
msgstr "Inferior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:129
msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
msgstr "Límite inferior da regra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:138
msgid "Upper"
msgstr "Superior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:139
msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
msgstr "Límite superior da regra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:149
msgid "Position of mark on the ruler"
msgstr "Posición da marca na regra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:158
msgid "Max Size"
msgstr "Tamaño máximo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:159
msgid "Maximum size of the ruler"
msgstr "Tamaño máximo da regra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:174
msgid "Metric"
msgstr "Métrica"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkruler.c:175
msgid "The metric used for the ruler"
msgstr "A métrica que se usa na regra"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:219
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "O número de lugares decimais que se mostran no valor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:228
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Valor de debuxo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:229
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o valor actual se mostra como unha cadea contigua ao control "
"desprazábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:236
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Posición do valor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:237
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "A posición na que se mostra o valor actual"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:244
msgid "Slider Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude do control desprazábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:245
msgid "Length of scale's slider"
msgstr "Lonxitude da escala do control desprazábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:253
msgid "Value spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento do valor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscale.c:254
msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
2006-05-30 20:25:18 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Espazo entre os valores de texto e a área do control desprazábel ou o canal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:223
msgid "The value of the scale"
msgstr "O valor da escala"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:233
msgid "The icon size"
msgstr "O tamaño da icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:242
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
msgstr ""
"O GtkAdjustment que contén o valor actual deste obxecto de botón de escala"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:270
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "Iconas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:271
msgid "List of icon names"
msgstr "Lista dos nomes de iconas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:51
msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude mínima do control desprazábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:52
msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
msgstr "Tamaño mínimo da barra de desprazamento do control desprazábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:60
msgid "Fixed slider size"
msgstr "Tamaño fixo do control desprazábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:61
msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
msgstr ""
"Non cambiar o tamaño do control desprazábel, bloquealo na lonxitude mínima"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:82
msgid ""
"Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de retroceso no extremo oposto da barra de "
"desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:89
msgid ""
"Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
msgstr ""
"Mostra un segundo botón de frecha de avance no extremo oposto da barra de "
"desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:235 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:574
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:242 ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:582
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Axuste vertical"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:249
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamento da barra de desprazamento horizontal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:250
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cando se mostra a barra de desprazamento horizontal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:257
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Comportamento da barra de desprazamento vertical"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:258
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "Cando se mostra a barra de desprazamento vertical"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:266
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:267
msgid ""
"Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars. This property "
"only takes effect if \"window-placement-set\" is TRUE."
msgstr ""
"Onde se colocan os contidos respecto ás barras de desprazamento. Esta "
"propiedade só ten efecto se \"window-placement-set\" é TRUE."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:284
msgid "Window Placement Set"
msgstr "Definición da colocación da xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:285
msgid ""
"Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of the "
"contents with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr ""
"Indica se debe usarse \"window-placement\" para determinar a localización do "
"contido respecto ás barras de desprazamento."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:291
msgid "Shadow Type"
msgstr "Tipo de sombra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:292
msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel ao redor dos contidos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:306
msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
msgstr "Barra de desprazamento no bisel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:307
msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
msgstr ""
"Colocar as barras de desprazamento no bisel da xanela con desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:313
msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da barra de desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:314
msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
msgstr ""
"Número de píxeles entre as barras de desprazamentos e a xanela con "
"desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:329
msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
msgstr "Colocación da xanela con desprazamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:330
msgid ""
"Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
"scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
msgstr ""
"Onde se coloca o contido das xanelas con desprazamento con respecto ás "
"barras de desprazamento, se non toma precedencia a colocación da propia "
"xanela con desprazamento."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:125
msgid "Draw"
msgstr "Debuxar"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c:126
msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
msgstr "Indica se se debuxa o separador ou se se deixa en branco"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:225
msgid "Double Click Time"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tempo do dobre clic"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:226
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Tempo máximo permitido entre dous clics para ser considerados como un clic "
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"dobre (en milisegundos)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:233
msgid "Double Click Distance"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Distancia do dobre clic"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:234
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Distancia máxima permitida entre dous clics para ser considerados como un "
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"dobre clic (en píxeles)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:250
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Intermitencia do cursor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:251
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Indica se o cursor debe pestanexar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:258
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Tempo de intermitencia do cursor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:259
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "Duración do ciclo de intermitencia do cursor, en milisegundos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:278
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de intermitencia do cursor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:279
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
msgstr ""
"Duración a partir de que se detén a intermitencia do cursor, en segundos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:286
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Cursor dividido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:287
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se deben mostrar dous cursores para o texto mesturado de esquerda "
"a dereita e de dereita a esquerda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:294
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:295
msgid "Name of theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro de tema RC para cargar"
2004-09-19 05:40:00 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:303
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:304
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas para usar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:312
msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas do modo de emerxencia"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:313
msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
msgstr "Nome do tema de iconas que usar cando o escollido falle"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:321
msgid "Key Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema principal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:322
msgid "Name of key theme RC file to load"
msgstr "Nome do ficheiro de tema RC principal para cargar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:330
msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
msgstr "Tecla rápida da barra de menús"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:331
msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
msgstr "Combinación de teclas para activar a barra de menús"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:339
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Límite de arrastre"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:340
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr "Número de píxeles que o cursor pode mover antes de iniciar o arrastre"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:348
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:349
msgid "Name of default font to use"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do tipo de letra predefinido que usar"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:371
msgid "Icon Sizes"
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:372
msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
msgstr "Lista dos tamaños das iconas (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:380
msgid "GTK Modules"
msgstr "Módulos GTK"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:381
msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
msgstr "Lista dos módulos GTK actualmente activos"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:390
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr "Suavizado Xft"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:391
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se suavizan os bordos dos tipo de letra Xft, 0=non, 1=si, -"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"1=predefinido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:400
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr "Contorno Xft"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:401
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se se usa o contorno dos tipo de letra Xft; 0=non, 1=si, -"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"1=predefinido"
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:410
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr "Estilo de contorno Xft"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:411
2005-10-31 22:36:13 +00:00
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Que grao de contorno hai que usar: ningunha, lixeira, media ou completa"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:420
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr "Xft RGBA"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:421
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr "Tipo de suavizado de subpíxel: ningún, rgb, vrgb, vbgr"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:430
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr "PPP Xft"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:431
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr ""
"Resolución para Xft, en 1024 * puntos por polgada. -1 para usar o valor "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"predefinido"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:440
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de cursor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:441
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Nome do tema de cursor que usar ou NULL para usar o tema predefinido"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:449
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr "Tamaño do tema de cursor"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:450
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"Tamaño que se vai usar para os cursores ou 0 para usar o tamaño predefinido"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:460
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr "Orde alternativa dos botóns"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:461
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os botóns nos diálogos deben usar a orde alternativa de botóns"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:478
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "Dirección alternativa do indicador de orde"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:479
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a dirección dos indicadores de orde na listaxe e a visualización "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"en árbore está invertida en comparación coa predefinida (onde abaixo "
"significa ascendente)"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:487
msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
msgstr "Mostrar o menú Métodos de entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:488
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to change "
"the input method"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús de contexto das entradas e as visualizacións de texto "
"deben ofrecer modificar o método de entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:496
msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
msgstr "Mostrar o menú Inserir carácter de control Unicode"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:497
msgid ""
"Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to insert "
"control characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os menús de contexto das entradas e as visualizacións de texto "
"deben ofrecer inserir caracteres de control"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:505
msgid "Start timeout"
msgstr "Comezar o tempo de espera"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:506
msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valor de inicio para o tempo de espera, cando se prema o botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:515
msgid "Repeat timeout"
msgstr "Repetir o tempo de espera"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:516
msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
msgstr "Valor de repetición para o tempo de espera, cando o botón se prema"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:525
msgid "Expand timeout"
msgstr "Ampliar o tempo de espera"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:526
msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
msgstr ""
"Valor de ampliación para os tempos de espera, cando un widget está "
"expandindo unha nova rexión"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:561
msgid "Color scheme"
msgstr "Esquema de cor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:562
msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
msgstr "Unha paleta de cores con nome para usar nos temas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:571
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "Activar animacións"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:572
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr "Indica se se activan as animacións para todo o toolkit."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:590
msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
msgstr "Activar o modo de pantalla táctil"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:591
msgid "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
msgstr ""
"Cando é TRUE, non se envían eventos de notificación de movemento a esta "
"pantalla"
2004-10-28 03:28:56 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:608
msgid "Tooltip timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:609
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
msgstr "Tempo de espera antes de que se mostre a indicación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:634
msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación de navegación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:635
msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
msgstr ""
"Tempo de espera antes de que se mostre a indicación cando o modo de "
"navegación está activo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:656
msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
msgstr "Tempo de espera da indicación en modo de navegación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:657
msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
msgstr "Tempo de espera despois do que se desactiva o modo de navegación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:676
msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
msgstr "Só cursor para navegar con teclas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:677
msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, só hai teclas de cursor dispoñíbeis para navegar polos "
"widgets"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:694
msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
msgstr "Dar a volta coa navegación con teclas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:695
msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se dá a volta cando se navegue cos widgets co teclado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:715
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr "Campá de erro"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:716
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
msgstr ""
"Cando sexa TRUE, a navegación co teclado e outros erros emitirán un ton de "
"aviso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:733
msgid "Color Hash"
msgstr "Hash da cor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:734
msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
msgstr "Unha representación en táboa hash do esquema de cor."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:742
msgid "Default file chooser backend"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Backend predefinido do selector de ficheiros"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:743
msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
msgstr "Nome do backend do GtkFileChooser para usar por defecto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:760
msgid "Default print backend"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Backend de impresión predefinido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:761
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
msgstr "Lista dos backends do GtkPrintBackend para usar por defecto"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:784
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Orde predefinida para executar ao mostrar unha visualización previa de "
"impresión"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:785
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Orde para executar ao mostrar unha visualización previa de impresión"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:801
msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
msgstr "Activar mnemónicos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:802
msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
msgstr "Indica se as etiquetas deben ser mnemónicas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:818
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "Activar teclas rápidas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:819
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "Indica se os elementos de menús deben ter teclas rápidas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:836
msgid "Recent Files Limit"
msgstr "Límite de ficheiros recentes"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:837
msgid "Number of recently used files"
msgstr "Número de ficheiros usados recentemente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:855
msgid "Default IM module"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Módulo de MI predefinido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:856
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgstr "O módulo de MI que se debería usar por defecto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:874
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
msgstr "Antigüidade máxima dos ficheiros recentes"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:875
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
msgstr "A antigüidade máxima dos ficheiros usados recentemente, en días"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:884
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
msgstr "Marca temporal de configuración do Fontconfig"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:885
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
msgstr "A marca temporal da configuración actual do Fontconfig"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:907
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de son"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:908
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
msgstr "Nome do tema de son XDG"
#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:930
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
msgstr "Retroacción audíbel á entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:931
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
msgstr ""
"Indica se hai que reproducir eventos de son como retroacción á entrada do "
"usuario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:952
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
msgstr "Activar os eventos de son"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:953
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
msgstr "Indica se hai que activar todos os eventos de son"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:968
msgid "Enable Tooltips"
msgstr "Activar indicacións"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:969
msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se deberían mostrar as indicacións nos widgets"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:982
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar style"
msgstr "Estilo da barra de ferramentas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:983
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Indica se as barras de ferramentas predefinidas teñen só texto, texto e "
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
"iconas, só iconas etc."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:997
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
msgstr "Tamaño da icona da barra de ferramentas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:998
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas das barras de ferramentas predefinidas."
2009-11-30 22:23:48 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1015
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemónicos automáticos"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1016
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
"presses the mnemonic activator."
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Indica se os mnemónicos deberían mostrarse e agocharse automáticamente cando "
"o usuario prema un activador de mnemónico."
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1041
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Application prefers a dark theme"
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "O aplicativo prefire un tema escuro"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksettings.c:1042
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o aplicativo prefire un tema escuro."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:320
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Modo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:321
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
"As direccións en que o tamaño do grupo afecta aos tamaños solicitados dos "
"seus compoñentes widgets"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:337
msgid "Ignore hidden"
msgstr "Ignorar ocultos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtksizegroup.c:338
msgid ""
"If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the group"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, os widgets non mapeados ignoraranse ao determinar o tamaño do "
"grupo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:209
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton"
msgstr "O axuste que mantén o valor do botón de axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:216
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Taxa de incremento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:236
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Axustar aos pasos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:237
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button's "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os valores errados se cambian automaticamente polo incremento de "
"paso máis próximo dun botón de axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:244
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numérico"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:245
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Indica se se deben ignorar os caracteres non numéricos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:252
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Axustar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:253
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr ""
"Indica se un botón de axuste debe axustarse cara a arriba até alcanzar os "
"seus límites"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:260
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Política de actualización"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:261
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o botón de axuste debe actualizarse sempre ou só cando o valor é "
"correcto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:270
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Le o valor actual ou define un valor novo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:279
msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
msgstr "Estilo de bisel ao redor do botón de axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:129
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the spinner is active"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o spinner é activábel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:143
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Number of steps"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Número de pasos"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:144
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The animation "
"will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see #GtkSpinner:cycle-"
"duration)."
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"O número de pasos do spinner para completar o bucle. A animación completará "
"un ciclo completo nun segundo de forma predefinida (vexa #GtkSpinner:cicyle-"
"duration)."
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:159
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Animation duration"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Duración da animación"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkspinner.c:160
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "O tempo en milisegundos para que o spinner complete un bucle completo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:186
msgid "Has Resize Grip"
msgstr "Ten tirador de redimensión"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:187
msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a barra de estado ten un tirador para redimensionar o nivel "
"superior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusbar.c:232
msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor do texto da barra de estado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:276
msgid "The size of the icon"
msgstr "O tamaño da icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:286
msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
msgstr "A pantalla onde se mostrará esta icona de estado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:293
msgid "Blinking"
msgstr "Intermitencia"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:294
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is blinking"
msgstr "Indica se a icona de estado pestanexa ou non"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:302
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is visible"
msgstr "Indica se o estado da icona é visíbel ou non"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:318
msgid "Whether or not the status icon is embedded"
msgstr "Indica se a icona de estado está incorporada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:334 ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:123
msgid "The orientation of the tray"
msgstr "A orientación da bandexa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:361 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:724
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "Ten indicación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:362
msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indica se esta icona de bandexa ten unha indicación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:387 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:745
msgid "Tooltip Text"
msgstr "Texto da indicación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:388 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:746 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:767
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "Os contidos da indicación para este widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:411 ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:766
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "Marcado das indicacións"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:412
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
msgstr "O contido da indicación para esta icona de bandexa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkstatusicon.c:430
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
msgid "The title of this tray icon"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "O título desta icona na barra de tarefas"
2009-07-07 05:05:29 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:129
msgid "Rows"
msgstr "Filas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:130
msgid "The number of rows in the table"
msgstr "O número de filas na táboa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:138
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Columnas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:139
msgid "The number of columns in the table"
msgstr "O número de columnas na táboa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:147
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de fila"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:148
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre dúas filas consecutivas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:156
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento de columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:157
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "A cantidade de espazo entre dúas columnas consecutivas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:166
msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, as celas da táboa teñen todas a mesma largura ou altura"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:173
msgid "Left attachment"
msgstr "Anexo á esquerda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:180
msgid "Right attachment"
msgstr "Anexo á dereita"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:181
msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
msgstr "O número de columnas para anexar ao lado dereito dun widget fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:187
msgid "Top attachment"
msgstr "Anexo superior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:188
msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
msgstr "O número de filas para anexar encima do widget fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:194
msgid "Bottom attachment"
msgstr "Anexo inferior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:201
msgid "Horizontal options"
msgstr "Opcións horizontais"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:202
msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opcións que especifican o comportamento horizontal do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:208
msgid "Vertical options"
msgstr "Opcións verticais"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:209
msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
msgstr "Opcións que especifican o comportamento vertical do fillo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:215
msgid "Horizontal padding"
msgstr "Recheo horizontal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:216
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional en píxeles para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños á "
"esquerda e á dereita"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:222
msgid "Vertical padding"
msgstr "Recheo vertical"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktable.c:223
msgid ""
"Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, in "
"pixels"
msgstr ""
"Espazo adicional en píxeles para colocar entre o fillo e os seus veciños "
"superiores e inferiores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:180
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Táboa de etiquetas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:181
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Táboa de etiquetas de texto"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:199
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Texto actual do búfer"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:213
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "Está selecccionado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:214
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "Indica se o búfer ten actualmente algún texto seleccionado"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:230
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "Posición do cursor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:231
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"A posición da marca de inserción (como desprazamento desde o principio do "
"búfer)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:246
msgid "Copy target list"
msgstr "Lista de destinos da copia"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:247
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"A lista de destinos que admite este búfer para copiar desde o portapapeis e "
"a orixe do DND"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:262
msgid "Paste target list"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "Lista de destinos para pegar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:263
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"A lista de destinos que admite este búfer para pegar desde o portapapeis e o "
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"destino do DND"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:90
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "Nome de marca"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:97
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "Gravidade esquerda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextmark.c:98
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca ten gravidade esquerda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:173
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Nome de etiqueta"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:174
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr ""
"Nome usado para referirse á etiqueta do texto. NULL para etiquetas anónimas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:192
msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de fondo como unha (posibelmente non asignada) GdkColor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:199
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Altura completa do fondo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:200
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a cor de fondo enche a altura completa da liña ou só a altura dos "
"caracteres etiquetados"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:208
msgid "Background stipple mask"
msgstr "Máscara de puntos do fondo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:209
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
msgstr ""
"O mapa de bits que se vai usar como unha máscara cando se debuxe o fondo do "
"texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:226
msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano como unha (posibelmente non asignada) GdkColor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:234
msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
msgstr "Máscara de puntos de primeiro plano"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:235
msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
msgstr ""
"O mapa de bits que usar como máscara ao debuxar o primeiro plano de texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:242
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Dirección do texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:243
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr ""
"Dirección do texto, por exemplo de dereita a esquerda ou de esquerda a "
"dereita"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:292
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Estilo do tipo de letra coma un PangoStyle, por exemplo PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:301
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Variante do tipo de letra coma unha PangoVariant, por exemplo "
"PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:310
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Grosor do tipo de letra como un enteiro. Vexa os valores predefinidas en "
"PangoWeight; por exemplo PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:321
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Tipo de letra axustada coma un PangoStretch, por exemplo "
"PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:330
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Tamaño do tipo de letra en unidades Pango"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:340
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
"Tamaño do tipo de letra coma un factor de escala relativo ao tamaño "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"predefinido do tipo de letra. Esta propiedade adáptase aos cambios de tema "
"etc., polo que é recomendábel. O Pango define previamente algunhas escalas "
"tales como PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:360 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:596
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Xustificación á esquerda, á dereita ou ao centro"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:379
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"O idioma no que está este texto, como un código ISO. O Pango pode usar isto "
"como unha axuda ao renderizar o texto. Se non se estabelece este parámetro "
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"usarase como predefinido o máis apropiado."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:386
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Marxe esquerda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:387 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:605
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largura da marxe esquerda en píxeles"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:396
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Marxe dereita"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:397 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:615
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Largura da marxe dereita en píxeles"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:407 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:624
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Sangría"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:408 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:625
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Cantidade en píxeles para a sangría de parágrafo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:419
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
msgstr ""
"Desprazamento do texto sobre a liña base (por debaixo da liña base se a "
"elevación é negativa) en unidades Pango"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:428
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima das liñas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:429 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:549
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco encima do parágrafos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:438
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debaixo das liñas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:439 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:559
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco debaixo dos parágrafos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:448
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:449 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:569
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "Píxeles de espazo en branco entre as liñas axustadas nun parágrafo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:476 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:587
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
"Indica se nunca se axustan as liñas aos límites de palabra ou aos límites de "
"carácter"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:485 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:634
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Separadores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:486 ../gtk/gtktextview.c:635
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr "Separadores personalizados para este texto"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:504
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Invisíbel"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:505
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
msgstr "Indica se este texto está oculto."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:519
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo do parágrafo"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:520
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
msgstr "Nome da cor de fondo do parágrafo como unha cadea"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:535
msgid "Paragraph background color"
msgstr "Cor de fondo do parágrafo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:536
msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
msgstr ""
"Cor de fondo do parágrafo como unha GdkColor (posibelmente non asignada)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:554
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr "Acumulación de marxes"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:555
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr "Indica se as marxes esquerda e dereita son acumulativas."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:568
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Definición da altura completa do fondo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:569
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á altura do fondo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:572
msgid "Background stipple set"
msgstr "Definición da liña punteada de fondo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:573
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á liña punteada de fondo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:580
msgid "Foreground stipple set"
msgstr "Definición da liña punteada de primeiro plano"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:581
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á liña punteada de primeiro plano"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Definición da xustificación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:617
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á xustificación do parágrafo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:624
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Definición da marxe esquerda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:625
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á marxe esquerda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:628
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Definición da sangría"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:629
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á sangría"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:636
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles sobre o conxunto de liñas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:637 ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:641
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta a cantidade de píxeles sobre as liñas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:640
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles debaixo do conxunto de liñas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:644
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Definición dos píxeles dentro do axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:645
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr ""
"Indica se esta marca afecta a cantidade de píxeles entre as liñas axustadas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:652
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Definición da marxe dereita"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:653
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á marxe dereita"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:660
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Definición do modo de axuste"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:661
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta ao modo de axuste de liña"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:664
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr "Definición dos separadores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:665
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta aos separadores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:668
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Definición de invisíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:669
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Indica se esta marca afecta á visibilidade do texto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:672
msgid "Paragraph background set"
msgstr "Definición do fondo de parágrafo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktexttag.c:673
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
msgstr "Indica se esta etiqueta afecta á cor de fondo de parágrafo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:548
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles encima das liñas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:558
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Píxeles debaixo das liñas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:568
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Píxeles dentro do axuste"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:586
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Modo de axuste"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:604
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Marxe esquerda"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:614
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Marxe dereita"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:642
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Cursor visíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:643
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "Se se mostra o cursor de inserción"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:650
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Búfer"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:651
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "O búfer que se mostra"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:659
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Indica se o texto introducido sobrescribe os contidos existentes"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:666
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Acepta tabulación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:667
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr "Indica se o tabulador resultará nun carácter de tabulación introducido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:696
msgid "Error underline color"
msgstr "Cor de subliñado de erros"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktextview.c:697
msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
msgstr "Cor coa que debuxar o subliñado de indicación de erros"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:115
msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
msgstr "Crear os mesmos proxies como unha acción radio"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:116
msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
msgstr ""
"Indica se a aparencia dos proxies para esta acción é como a dun proxy de "
"acción radio"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoggleaction.c:131
msgid "If the toggle action should be active in or not"
msgstr "Se a acción de conmutación debe estar activa ou non"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:116 ../gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c:115
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in or not"
msgstr "Se o botón de estado debe estar premido ou non"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:124
msgid "If the toggle button is in an \"in between\" state"
msgstr "Se o botón de estado está en estado \"intermedio\""
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:131
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr "Debuxar o indicador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:132
msgid "If the toggle part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "Se se mostra a parte de activación do botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:456 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1021
msgid "Toolbar Style"
msgstr "Estilo da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:457
msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
msgstr "Como debuxar a barra de ferramentas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:464
msgid "Show Arrow"
msgstr "Mostrar frecha"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:465
msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
msgstr "Se debe mostrar unha frecha se a barra de ferramentas non encaixa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:486
msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas nesta barra de ferramentas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:501 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1007
msgid "Icon size set"
msgstr "Definición do tamaño da icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:502 ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1008
msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
msgstr "Indica se se estabeleceu a propiedade de tamaño da icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:511
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento debe recibir espazo adicional cando a barra de "
"ferramentas medre"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:519 ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1597
msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento debería ser do mesmo tamaño que outros elementos "
"homoxéneos"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:526
msgid "Spacer size"
msgstr "Tamaño do espazador"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:527
msgid "Size of spacers"
msgstr "Tamaño dos espazadores"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:536
msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
msgstr ""
"Cantidade de espazo do bordo entre a sombra da barra de ferramentas e os "
"botóns"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:544
msgid "Maximum child expand"
msgstr "Expansión de fillos máxima"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:545
msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
msgstr "Cantidade máxima de espazo que se lle dará a un elemento expandíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:553
msgid "Space style"
msgstr "Estilo do espazo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:554
msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
msgstr "Indica se os espazadores son liñas verticais ou só espazos en branco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:561
msgid "Button relief"
msgstr "Relevo do botón"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:562
msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
msgstr "Tipo de bisel ao redor dos botóns da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbar.c:569
msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
msgstr "Estilo do bisel ao redor da barra de ferramentas"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:205
msgid "Text to show in the item."
msgstr "Texto para mostrar no elemento."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:212
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next character "
"should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow menu"
msgstr ""
"Se se estabelece, un subliñado na etiqueta da propiedade indica que o "
"seguinte carácter debería usarse para a tecla rápida mnemónica no menú de "
"desbordamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:219
msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
msgstr "Widget que usar como etiqueta do elemento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:225
msgid "Stock Id"
msgstr "ID de inventario"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:226
msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "A icona de inventario mostrada no elemento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:242
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Nome da icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:243
msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
msgstr "O nome da icona de tema mostrada no elemento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:249
msgid "Icon widget"
msgstr "Icona do widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:250
msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgstr "Icona do widget para mostrar no elemento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:263
msgid "Icon spacing"
msgstr "Espazamento da icona"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolbutton.c:264
msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
msgstr "Espazamento en píxeles entre a icona e a etiqueta"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitem.c:200
msgid ""
"Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar buttons "
"show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
msgstr ""
"Indica se o elemento da barra de ferramentas se considera importante. Cando "
"é TRUE, os botóns da barra de ferramentas mostran o texto no modo "
"GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1544
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "The human-readable title of this item group"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Unha descrición lexíbel por humanos do elemento de grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1551
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Un widget para mostrar no lugar da etiqueta habitual"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1557
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Collapsed"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Recollido"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1558
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Wether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se grupo foi expandido e os elementos agochados"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1564
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "ellipsize"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Elipse"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1565
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Elipse para as cabeceiras de grupo do elemento"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1571
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Relief"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Relieve da cabeceira"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1572
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Relief of the group header button"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Relieve do botón de cabeceira de grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1587
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Header Spacing"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento da cabeceira"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1588
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Espazamento entre a frecha expansora e o título"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1604
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o elemento debe recibir espazo adicional cando o grupo medre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1611
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o elemento deben encher o espazo dispoñíbel"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1617
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "New Row"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Nova fila"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1618
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se os elementos deberían mostrarse nunha nova fila"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolitemgroup.c:1625
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Position of the item within this group"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Posición do elemento neste grupo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:992
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Tamaño das iconas nesta paleta de ferramentas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1022
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Estilo dos elementos na paleta de ferramentas"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1038
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Exclusive"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Exclusivo"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1039
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se o grupo de elementos deberían expandirse só nun momento determinado"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktoolpalette.c:1054
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
msgid ""
"Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr ""
"Indica se o grupo de elementos debe recibir espazo adicional cando a paleta "
"medre"
2010-02-09 20:53:41 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:132
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de primeiro plano para as iconas simbólicas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:139
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Error color"
msgstr "Cor de erro"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:140
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Error color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de erro para as iconas simbólicas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:147
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Warning color"
msgstr "Cor de aviso"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:148
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de aviso para as iconas simbólicas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:155
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Success color"
msgstr "Cor de éxito"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:156
2010-05-01 22:10:08 +00:00
msgid "Success color for symbolic icons"
msgstr "Cor de éxito para as iconas simbólicas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktrayicon-x11.c:164
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
2010-05-14 07:47:29 +00:00
msgstr "Separación que poñer ao redor das iconas na bandexa"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:278
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeModelSort"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:279
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "O modelo para o TreeModelSort que ordenar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:566
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "Modelo TreeView"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:567
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "O modelo para a visualización en árbore"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:575
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr "Axuste horizontal para o widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:583
msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
msgstr "Axuste vertical para o widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:590
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "Cabeceiras visíbeis"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:591
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Mostrar botóns nas cabeceiras de columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:598
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Cabeceiras premíbeis"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:599
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "As cabeceiras de columna responden aos eventos de clic"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:606
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Columna expansora"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:607
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Estabelecer a columna para a columna expansora"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:622
msgid "Rules Hint"
msgstr "Suxestión das regras"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:623
msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
msgstr ""
"Define unha suxestión para o motor de tema para debuxar as filas con cores "
"alternas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:630
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Activar a busca"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:631
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr ""
"A visualización permite aos usuarios buscar de modo interactivo a través das "
"columnas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:638
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Columna de busca"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:639
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
msgstr "A columna de modelo na que buscar durante a busca interactiva"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:659
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Modo de altura fixa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:660
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr "Acelera GtkTreeView asumindo que todas as filas teñen a mesma altura"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:680
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr "Seleccionar ao pasar por encima"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:681
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Indica se a selección debería seguir o punteiro"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:700
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Expandir ao pasar por encima"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:701
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as filas deben expandirse ou contraerse cando se move o punteiro "
"sobre elas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:715
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "Mostrar expansores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:716
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "A visualización ten expansores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:730
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "Nivel de sangría"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:731
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "Sangría adicional para cada nivel"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:740
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "Tiras de goma"
2004-08-25 16:21:15 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:741
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
msgstr ""
"Indica se se activa a selección de múltiples elementos arrastrando o "
"punteiro do rato"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:748
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
msgstr "Activar as liñas da grade"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:749
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr ""
"Indica se as liñas da grade se deben debuxar na visualización en árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:757
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
msgstr "Activar as liñas da árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:758
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Indica se se deben debuxar as liñas na visualización en árbore"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:766
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
msgstr "A columna do modelo que contén os textos de indicación para as filas"
2006-06-05 19:33:40 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:788
msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador vertical"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:789
msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Espazo vertical entre celas. Debe ser un número par"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:797
msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador horizontal"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:798
msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
msgstr "Espazo horizontal entre celas. Debe ser un número par"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:806
msgid "Allow Rules"
msgstr "Permitir regras"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:807
msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
msgstr "Permitir debuxar filas con cores alternas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:813
msgid "Indent Expanders"
msgstr "Sangrar os expansores"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:814
msgid "Make the expanders indented"
msgstr "Crear os expansores sangrados"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:820
msgid "Even Row Color"
msgstr "Cor da fila par"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:821
msgid "Color to use for even rows"
msgstr "Cor que usar para as filas pares"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:827
msgid "Odd Row Color"
msgstr "Cor da fila impar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:828
msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
msgstr "Cor que usar para as filas impares"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:834
msgid "Row Ending details"
msgstr "Detalles de terminación de fila"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:835
msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
msgstr "Activar o tema do fondo de estendido de fila"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:841
msgid "Grid line width"
msgstr "Largura da liña da grade"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:842
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles das liñas da grade da visualización en árbore"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:848
msgid "Tree line width"
msgstr "Largura da liña da árbore"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:849
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles das liñas da visualización en árbore"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:855
msgid "Grid line pattern"
msgstr "Patrón da liña da grade"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:856
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
msgstr ""
"Patrón de trazos usado para debuxar as liñas da grade da visualización en "
"árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:862
msgid "Tree line pattern"
msgstr "Patrón da liña da árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeview.c:863
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
msgstr ""
"Patrón de trazos usado para debuxar as liñas da visualización en árbore"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:193
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra a columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:200 ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:596
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Redimensionábel"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:201
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "O usuario pode redimensionar a columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:209
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Largura actual da columna"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:218
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr "Espazo que se introduce entre as celas"
2006-06-13 05:15:01 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:226
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Dimensionamento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:227
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Modo de redimensionamento da columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:235
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Largura fixa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:236
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura fixa actual da columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:245
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Largura mínima"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:246
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura mínima permitida da columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:255
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Largura máxima"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:256
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Largura máxima permitida da columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:266
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Título que aparecerá na cabeceira da columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:274
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr "A columna obtén unha parte da largura adicional asignada ao widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:281
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Premíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:282
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Indica se a cabeceira se pode premer"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:290
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:291
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr ""
"O widget para colocar no botón da cabeceira da columna en vez do título da "
"columna"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:299
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "Aliñamento X do texto da cabeceira da columna ou do widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:309
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Indica se a columna se pode reordenar ao redor das cabeceiras"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:316
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Indicador de ordenación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:317
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Indica se se mostra un indicador de ordenación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:324
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Orde de clasificación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:325
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Dirección de ordenación que o indicador deberá mostrar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:341
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Sort column ID"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "ID de columna de ordenación"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:342
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
"O ID de columna de ordenación lóxica ordena esta columna cando é "
"seleccionada para ordenar"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:227
msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
msgstr "Indica se se deben engadir elementos de menú despregábel aos menús"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:234
msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgstr "Definición de IU combinado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkuimanager.c:235
msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
msgstr "Unha cadea XML que describe o IU combinado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:135
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
"O GtkAdjustment que determina os valores da posición horizontal para esta "
"área de visualización"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:143
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
"this viewport"
msgstr ""
"O GtkAdjustment que determina os valores da posición vertical para esta área "
"de visualización"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkviewport.c:151
msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
msgstr ""
"Determina como se debuxa a caixa sombreada ao redor da área de visualización"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:575
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Nome do widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:576
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "O nome do widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:582
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Widget pai"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:583
msgid "The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"
msgstr "O widget pai deste widget. Debe ser un widget contedor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:590
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Solicitude de largura"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:591
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Sobrepor a solicitude de largura do widget ou -1 se se debe empregar a "
"solicitude normal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:599
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Solicitude de altura"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:600
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
"Sobrepor a solicitude de altura do widget ou -1 se se debe empregar a "
"solicitude normal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:609
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é visíbel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:616
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Indica se o widget responde á entrada de datos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:622
msgid "Application paintable"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Aplicativo pintábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:623
msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
2009-08-10 15:19:30 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o aplicativo pintará directamente sobre o widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:629
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Pode enfocar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:630
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Indica se o widget pode aceptar o foco de entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:636
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Ten foco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:637
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Indica se o widget ten o foco de entrada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:643
msgid "Is focus"
msgstr "É o foco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:644
msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é o widget co foco, dentro do nivel superior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:650
msgid "Can default"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Pode ser o predefinido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:651
msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget pode ser o widget predefinido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:657
msgid "Has default"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "É o predefinido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:658
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget é o widget predefinido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:664
msgid "Receives default"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Recibe o predefinido"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:665
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Se é TRUE, o widget recibirá a acción predefinida cando estea enfocado"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:671
msgid "Composite child"
msgstr "Fillo composto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:672
msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
msgstr "Indica se o widget é parte dun widget composto"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:678
msgid "Style"
msgstr "Estilo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:679
msgid ""
"The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look "
"(colors etc)"
msgstr ""
"O estilo do widget, que contén información sobre a aparencia (cores etc.)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:685
msgid "Events"
msgstr "Eventos"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:686
msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
msgstr ""
"A máscara de eventos que decide que tipo de GdkEvents recibe este widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:693
msgid "Extension events"
msgstr "Eventos de extensión"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:694
msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
msgstr ""
"A máscara que decide que clase de eventos de extensión consegue este widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:701
msgid "No show all"
msgstr "Non mostrar todo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:702
msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
msgstr "Indica se o gtk_widget_show_all() non debe afectar a este widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:725
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "Indica se este widget ten unha indicación"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:781
msgid "Window"
msgstr "Xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:782
msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
msgstr "A xanela do widget, se se crea"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:796
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Double Buffered"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Con búfer dobre"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:797
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
msgid "Whether or not the widget is double buffered"
2009-08-19 11:39:19 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se o widget conta ou non con búfer dobre"
2009-07-18 03:08:51 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2448
msgid "Interior Focus"
msgstr "Foco interior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2449
msgid "Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"
msgstr "Indica se se debuxa o foco indicador dentro dos widgets"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2455
msgid "Focus linewidth"
msgstr "Enfocar a largura da liña"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2456
msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles da liña indicadora do foco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2462
msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
msgstr "Patrón de trazos da liña de foco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2463
msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
msgstr "Patrón de trazos empregado para debuxar o indicador de foco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2468
msgid "Focus padding"
msgstr "Recheo do foco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2469
msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
msgstr "Largura en píxeles entre o indicador de foco e a 'caixa' do widget"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2474
msgid "Cursor color"
msgstr "Cor do cursor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2475
msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Cor coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2480
msgid "Secondary cursor color"
msgstr "Cor secundaria do cursor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2481
msgid ""
"Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed "
"right-to-left and left-to-right text"
msgstr ""
"Cor coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción secundario cando se edita unha "
"mestura de texto de dereita a esquerda e de esquerda a dereita"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2486
msgid "Cursor line aspect ratio"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto da liña do cursor"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2487
msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
msgstr "Proporción de aspecto coa que debuxar o cursor de inserción"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2501
msgid "Draw Border"
msgstr "Debuxar bordo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2502
msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
msgstr "Tamaño das áreas fóra da asignación do widget para debuxar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2515
msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
msgstr "Cor de ligazón non visitada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2516
msgid "Color of unvisited links"
msgstr "Cor de ligazóns non visitadas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2529
msgid "Visited Link Color"
msgstr "Cor de ligazón visitada"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2530
msgid "Color of visited links"
msgstr "Cor de ligazóns visitadas"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2544
msgid "Wide Separators"
msgstr "Separadores largos"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2545
msgid ""
"Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box "
"instead of a line"
msgstr ""
"Indica se os separadores teñen unha largura configurábel e se deberían "
"debuxarse usando unha caixa en vez dunha liña"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2559
msgid "Separator Width"
msgstr "Largura do separador"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2560
msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
msgstr "A largura dos separadores se \"wide-separators\" é TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2574
msgid "Separator Height"
msgstr "Altura do separador"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2575
msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
msgstr "A altura dos separadores se \"wide-separators\" é TRUE"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2589
msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude da frecha de desprazamento horizontal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2590
msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
msgstr "A lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento horizontal"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2604
msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
msgstr "Lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento vertical"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwidget.c:2605
msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
msgstr "A lonxitude das frechas de desprazamento vertical"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:537
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Tipo de xanela"
2006-05-05 16:21:19 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:538
msgid "The type of the window"
msgstr "O tipo da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:546
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Título da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:547
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "O título da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:554
msgid "Window Role"
msgstr "Rol da xanela"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:555
msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
msgstr ""
"Identificador único para a xanela que se usará ao restaurar unha sesión"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:571
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "ID de inicio"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:572
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
msgstr ""
"Identificador único para a xanela que se usará para a notificación de inicio"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:579
msgid "Allow Shrink"
msgstr "Permitir redución"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:581
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of the "
"time a bad idea"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, a xanela non ten tamaño mínimo. Colocar este valor como TRUE é "
"unha mala idea o 99% das veces"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:588
msgid "Allow Grow"
msgstr "Permitir crecemento"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:589
msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
msgstr ""
"Se é TRUE, os usuarios poden expandir a xanela máis alá do seu tamaño mínimo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:597
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "Se é TRUE, os usuarios poden redimensionar a xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:604
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:605
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
"Se é TRUE, a xanela é modal (non é posíbel usar outras xanelas mentres esta "
"está encima)"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:612
msgid "Window Position"
msgstr "Posición da xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:613
msgid "The initial position of the window"
msgstr "A posición inicial da xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:621
msgid "Default Width"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Largura predefinida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:622
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"A largura predefinida da xanela, usada cando se mostra inicialmente a xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:631
msgid "Default Height"
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
msgstr "Altura predefinida"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:632
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
2009-08-19 14:26:24 +00:00
"A altura predefinida da xanela, usada cando se mostra inicialmente a xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:641
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Destruír co pai"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:642
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "Se esta xanela debería ser destruída cando se destrúe o pai"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:650
msgid "Icon for this window"
msgstr "Icona para esta xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:656
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Mnemónicos visíbeis"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:657
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
2010-03-04 23:25:31 +00:00
msgstr "Indica se os mnemónicos están visíbeis actualmente nesta xanela"
2009-12-22 03:24:59 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:673
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Nome da icona de tema para esta xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:688
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Está activo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:689
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Indica se o nivel superior é a xanela activa actual"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:696
msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
msgstr "Foco no nivel superior"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:697
msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
msgstr "Indica se o foco de entrada está dentro desta GtkWindow"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:704
msgid "Type hint"
msgstr "Suxestión de tipo"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:705
msgid ""
"Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this is "
"and how to treat it."
msgstr ""
"Suxestión para axudar ao contorno de escritorio a entender que clase de "
"xanela é e como tratar con ela."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:713
msgid "Skip taskbar"
msgstr "Omitir a barra de tarefas"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:714
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe estar na barra de tarefas."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:721
msgid "Skip pager"
msgstr "Omitir o paxinador"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:722
msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe estar no paxinador."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:729
msgid "Urgent"
msgstr "Urxente"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:730
msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela debe chamar a atención do usuario."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:744
msgid "Accept focus"
msgstr "Aceptar o foco"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:745
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela non debe recibir o foco de entrada."
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:759
msgid "Focus on map"
msgstr "Foco no mapa"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:760
msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
msgstr "É TRUE se a xanela debería recibir o foco de entrada cando se mapee."
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:774
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Decorado"
2005-06-20 22:06:27 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:775
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr "Indica se o xestor de xanelas debe decorar a xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:789
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "Eliminábel"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:790
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr "Indica se o marco da xanela debería ter un botón de pechar"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:806
msgid "Gravity"
msgstr "Gravidade"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:807
msgid "The window gravity of the window"
msgstr "O tipo de gravidade da xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:824
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "Transición para a xanela"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:825
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
2009-11-13 10:27:54 +00:00
msgstr "O pai transicional do diálogo"
2005-10-19 23:09:08 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:840
msgid "Opacity for Window"
msgstr "Opacidade para a xanela"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../gtk/gtkwindow.c:841
msgid "The opacity of the window, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "A opacidade da xanela; de 0 até 1"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:334
msgid "IM Preedit style"
msgstr "Estilo preedit IM"
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:335
msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
msgstr "Como debuxar a cadea do método de entrada de preedit"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:343
msgid "IM Status style"
msgstr "Estilo do estado IM"
2006-05-17 00:33:57 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#: ../modules/input/gtkimcontextxim.c:344
msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
msgstr "Como debuxar o método de entrada da barra de estado"
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
2010-06-23 23:00:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Activity mode"
#~ msgstr "Modo de actividade"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
#~ "take."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se é TRUE, o GtkProgress está en modo de actividade, o que significa que "
#~ "indica que algo está pasando, mais non que parte da actividade está "
#~ "terminada. Isto úsase cando está facendo algo que non sabe canto tempo "
#~ "pode tardar."
2010-05-11 04:26:49 +00:00
#~ msgid "Enable arrow keys"
#~ msgstr "Activar as teclas de frecha"
#~ msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se as teclas de frecha permiten moverse a través da lista de "
#~ "elementos"
#~ msgid "Always enable arrows"
#~ msgstr "Activar sempre as frechas"
#~ msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
#~ msgstr "Propiedade obsoleta; ignorada"
#~ msgid "Case sensitive"
#~ msgstr "Diferenciar maiúsculas de minúsculas"
#~ msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se a lista de elementos coincidentes diferencia maiúsculas de "
#~ "minúsculas"
#~ msgid "Allow empty"
#~ msgstr "Permitir baleiro"
#~ msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
#~ msgstr "Indica se se pode introducir neste campo un valor baleiro"
#~ msgid "Value in list"
#~ msgstr "Valor da lista"
#~ msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
#~ msgstr "Indica se os valores introducidos deben estar xa presentes na lista"
#~ msgid "Curve type"
#~ msgstr "Tipo de curva"
#~ msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
#~ msgstr "Se esta curva é lineal, spline interpolada ou de forma libre"
#~ msgid "Minimum X"
#~ msgstr "X mínimo"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for X"
#~ msgstr "Mínimo valor posíbel para X"
#~ msgid "Maximum X"
#~ msgstr "X máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible X value"
#~ msgstr "Máximo valor posíbel para X"
#~ msgid "Minimum Y"
#~ msgstr "Y mínimo"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Mínimo valor posíbel para Y"
#~ msgid "Maximum Y"
#~ msgstr "Y máximo"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Máximo valor posíbel para Y"
#~ msgid "File System Backend"
#~ msgstr "Backend do sistema de ficheiros"
#~ msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
#~ msgstr "Nome do backend do sistema de ficheiros para usar"
#~ msgid "The currently selected filename"
#~ msgstr "O nome do ficheiro actualmente seleccionado"
#~ msgid "Show file operations"
#~ msgstr "Mostrar operacións de ficheiro"
#~ msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se se deben mostrar os botóns de creación ou manipulación de "
#~ "ficheiros"
#~ msgid "Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo ao redor das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo horizontal de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo horizontal das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Bordo vertical de separador"
#~ msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Largura do bordo vertical das etiquetas de separador"
#~ msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
#~ msgstr "Indica se os separadores deben ter tamaños homoxéneos"
#~ msgid "Group ID"
#~ msgstr "ID de grupo"
#~ msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
#~ msgstr "ID de grupo para arrastrar e soltar os separadores"
#~ msgid "User Data"
#~ msgstr "Información de usuario"
#~ msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
#~ msgstr "Punteiro de información de usuario anónimo"
#~ msgid "The menu of options"
#~ msgstr "O menú de opcións"
#~ msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
#~ msgstr "Tamaño do indicador despregábel"
#~ msgid "Spacing around indicator"
#~ msgstr "Espazamento ao redor do indicador"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Indica se o widget de previsualización debe tomar o espazo enteiro onde "
#~ "está asignado"
#~ msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "O GtkAdjustment conectado á barra de progreso (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Bar style"
#~ msgstr "Estilo da barra"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Especifica o estilo visual da barra no modo de porcentaxe (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Activity Step"
#~ msgstr "Paso de actividade"
#~ msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O incremento empregado en cada iteración no modo de actividade (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Activity Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Bloques de actividade"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A cantidade de bloques que poden encaixar na área da barra de progreso no "
#~ "modo de actividade (obsoleto)"
#~ msgid "Discrete Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Bloques diferenciados"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O número de bloques diferenciados na barra de progreso (cando se mostra "
#~ "no estilo diferenciado)"
#~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste horizontal para o widget de texto"
#~ msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Axuste vertical para o widget de texto"
#~ msgid "Line Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Axuste de liña"
#~ msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Indica se as liñas se axustan aos bordos do widget"
#~ msgid "Word Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Axuste de palabra"
#~ msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Indica se as palabras se axustan aos bordos do widget"
#~ msgid "Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Indicacións"
#~ msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se as indicacións da barra de ferramentas deben estar activadas ou non"